EP0804420A1 - Tricyclic benzazepine vasopressin antagonists - Google Patents

Tricyclic benzazepine vasopressin antagonists

Info

Publication number
EP0804420A1
EP0804420A1 EP96905227A EP96905227A EP0804420A1 EP 0804420 A1 EP0804420 A1 EP 0804420A1 EP 96905227 A EP96905227 A EP 96905227A EP 96905227 A EP96905227 A EP 96905227A EP 0804420 A1 EP0804420 A1 EP 0804420A1
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
lower alkyl
moiety
compound according
halogen
hydrogen
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Withdrawn
Application number
EP96905227A
Other languages
German (de)
French (fr)
Inventor
Jay Donald Albright
Aranapakam Mudumbai Venkatesan
Efren Guillermo Delos Santos
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Wyeth Holdings LLC
Original Assignee
American Cyanamid Co
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US08/548,805 external-priority patent/US5849735A/en
Application filed by American Cyanamid Co filed Critical American Cyanamid Co
Publication of EP0804420A1 publication Critical patent/EP0804420A1/en
Withdrawn legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/02—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of urine or of the urinary tract, e.g. urine acidifiers
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/06—Antiabortive agents; Labour repressants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D223/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing seven-membered rings having one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D223/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing seven-membered rings having one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D223/18—Dibenzazepines; Hydrogenated dibenzazepines
    • C07D223/20—Dibenz [b, e] azepines; Hydrogenated dibenz [b, e] azepines
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D223/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing seven-membered rings having one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D223/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing seven-membered rings having one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D223/18—Dibenzazepines; Hydrogenated dibenzazepines
    • C07D223/22—Dibenz [b, f] azepines; Hydrogenated dibenz [b, f] azepines
    • C07D223/24—Dibenz [b, f] azepines; Hydrogenated dibenz [b, f] azepines with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by nitrogen atoms, attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D223/28—Dibenz [b, f] azepines; Hydrogenated dibenz [b, f] azepines with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by nitrogen atoms, attached to the ring nitrogen atom having a single bond between positions 10 and 11
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D243/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing seven-membered rings having two nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D243/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing seven-membered rings having two nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the nitrogen atoms in positions 1 and 4
    • C07D243/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing seven-membered rings having two nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the nitrogen atoms in positions 1 and 4 condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D243/38—[b, e]- or [b, f]-condensed with six-membered rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D267/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings of more than six members having one nitrogen atom and one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D267/02—Seven-membered rings
    • C07D267/08—Seven-membered rings having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 4
    • C07D267/12—Seven-membered rings having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 4 condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D267/16—Seven-membered rings having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 4 condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems condensed with two six-membered rings
    • C07D267/20—[b, f]-condensed
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D495/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D495/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D495/04—Ortho-condensed systems

Definitions

  • This invention relates to new tricyclic non-peptide vasopressin antagonists which are useful in treating conditions where decreased vasopressin levels are desired, such as in congestive heart failure, in disease conditions with excess renal water reabsorption and in conditions with increased vascular resistance and coronary vasoconstriction.
  • Vasopressin is released from the posterior pituitary either in response to increased plasma osmolarity detected by brain osmoreceptors or decreased blood volume and blood pressure sensed by low-pressure volume receptors and arterial baroreceptors.
  • the hormone exerts its action through two well defined receptor subtypes: vascular V 1 and renal epithelial V 2 receptors.
  • Vasopressin-induced antidiuresis mediated by renal epithelial V 2 receptors, helps to maintain normal plasma osmolarity, blood volume and blood pressure.
  • Vasopressin is involved in some cases of congestive heart failure where peripheral resistance is increased.
  • V 1 antagonists may decrease systemic vascular resistance, increase cardiac output and prevent vasopressin induced coronary vasoconstriction.
  • V 1 -antagonists may be therapeutic agents.
  • V 1 antagonists may decrease blood pressure, induced hypotensive effects and thus be therapeutically useful in treatment of some types of hypertension.
  • V 2 receptors The blockage of V 2 receptors is useful in treating diseases characterized by excess renal
  • Antidiuresis is regulated by the hypothalamic release of vasopressin (antidiuretic hormone) which binds to specific receptors on renal collecting tubule cells. This binding stimulates adenylyl cyclase and promotes the cAMP-mediated
  • V 2 antagonists may correct the fluid retention in congestive heart failure, liver cirrhosis, nephritic syndrome, central nervous system injuries, lung disease and hyponatremia.
  • V 2 antagonist may be beneficial in promoting free water excretion by antagonizing the action of antidiuretic hormone, On the basis of biochemical and pharmacological effects of the hormone, antagonists of vasopressin are expected to be
  • Non-peptide vasopressin antagonists have recently been disclosed, Y. Yamamura et al., Science, 252, 579(1991); Y. Yamamura et al., Br. J. Pharmacol, 105, 787(1992); Ogawa et al., (Otsuka Pharm Co., LTD.) EP 0514667-A1; EPO 382185-A2; WO9105549 and
  • the present invention relates to novel tricyclic derivatives which exhibit antagonist activity at V 1 and/or V 2 receptors and exhibit in vivo
  • vasopressin antagonist activity The compounds also exhibit antagonist activity at oxytocin receptors.
  • This invention relates to new compounds selected from those of the general formula I:
  • Y is (CH 2 ) n , O, S, NH, NCOCH 3 , N-lower alkyl (C 1 -C 3 ), CH-lower alkyl (C 1 -C 3 ), CHNH-lower alkyl (C 1 -C 3 ), CHNH 2 , CHN[lower alkyl (C 1 -C 3 H 2 , CHO-lower alkyl(C 1 -C 3 ), CHS-lower alkyl (C 1 -C 3 ), wherein n is an integer from 0-2:
  • Ri is hydrogen, halogen (chlorine, bromine, fluorine, iodine), OH, -S-lower alkyl(C 1 -C 3 ), -SH, -SO lower alkyl(C 1 -C 3 ), -SO 2 -lower alkyl(C 1 -C 3 ), -CO-lower alkyl(C 1 -C 3 ), -CF 3 ; lower alkyl(C 1 -C 3 ); O-lower alkyl(C 1 -C 3 ), -NO 2 , -NH 2 , -NHCO lower alkyl (C 1 -C 3 ), -N-[lower alkyl(C 1 -C 3 )] 2 , -SO 2 NH 2 ; -SO 2 NH lower
  • R 2 is hydrogen, Cl, Br, F, I. -OH, lower alkyl(C 1 -C 3 ), O-lower alkyl(C 1 -C 3 ), or R 1 and R 2 taken together are methylenedioxy or ethylenedioxy;
  • R 3 is the moiety:
  • Ar is a moiety selected from the moiety
  • R 4 is hydrogen, lower alkyl(C 1 -C 3 ); -CO-lower alkyl(C 1 -C 3 );
  • R 5 and R 7 are selected from hydrogen, (C 1 -C 3 ) lower alkyl, (C 1 -C 3 ) lower alkoxy and halogen;
  • R 6 is selected from (a) moieties of the formula:
  • cycloalkyl is defined as C 3 to C 6 cycloalkyl, cyclohexenyl or cyclopentenyl;
  • R a is hydrogen, CH 3 , C 2 H 5 , moieties of the formulae:
  • R 10 is lower alkyl(C 3 -C 8 ), lower alkenyl
  • X is O, S, NH, NCH 3 , or a bond
  • R 5 and R 7 are as previously defined
  • K' is halogen, -OH, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene or the heterocyclic ring moiety: wherein D, E, F and G are selected from carbon or nitrogen and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted with halogen (C 1 -C 3 )lower alkoxy, -CO-lower alkyl( C 1 -C 3 ), CHO, (C 1 -C 3 )lower alkoxy, -CO 2 -lower alkyl(C 1 -C 3 ), and R a and R b are as hereinbefore defined; (d) a moiety selected from those of the formulae:
  • R c is selected from halogen, (C 1 -C 3 )lower alkyl
  • R b is as hereinbefore defined;
  • Ar' is a moiety selected from the group
  • R 8 and R 9 are independently hydrogen, lower alkyl (C 1 -C 3 ); O-lower alkyl(C 1 -C 3 ); S-lower alkyl(C 1 -C 3 ),
  • W is O, S NH, N-lower alkyl(C 1 -C 3 ), NCO-lower
  • R 25 is selected from the moieties
  • heterocyclic ring having one nitrogen atom together with either one oxygen or one sulfur atom; wherein the 5 or 6-membered heterocyclic rings are optionally substituted by (C 1 -C 3 ) lower alkyl, formyl, a moiety of the formula:
  • the fused heterocyclic ring may be represented by furan, pyrrole, pyrazole, thiophene, thiazole, oxazole, imidazole, pyrimidine or pyridine ring which may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • R 5 , R 6 and R 7 are as hereinbefore defined.
  • R 8 , R 9 , R 25 and W' are as hereinbefore defined.
  • Y in Formula I is -(CH 2 ) n - and n is zero or one;
  • A-B is or and R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 and R 10 are as hereinbefore defined; and m is an integer from 1-2.
  • R 3 is the moiety: Ar is and
  • R a , R b and W' are as previously defined and R 8 and R 9 are preferably ortho CF 3 , Cl, OCH 3 , CH 3 , SCH 3 or OCF 3 substituents or Ar' is a disubstituted
  • R 8 and R 9 are independently Cl, OCH3 , CH 3 and F.
  • Y is -(CH 2 ) n -, n is zero or one and represents a phenyl, substituted phenyl, thiophene, furan, pyrrole or a pyridine ring;
  • R 3 is the moiety: wherein Ar is
  • R 6 is selected f rom the group
  • R a , R b , R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 25 and W' are as previously defined.
  • R 3 is the moiety: wherein Ar is selected from moieties of the formulae: and
  • cycloalkyl is defined as C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, cyclohexenyl or cyclopentenyl and wherein Ar' is selected from the moieties:
  • R a is independently selected from hydrogen, CH 3 or -C 2 H 5 ; and R 5 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 25 , X and W are as hereinbefore defined.
  • R 3 is the moiety: wherein Ar is selected from moieties of the formulae:
  • cycloalkyl is defined as C 3 to C 6 cycloalkyl, cyclohexenyl or cyclopentenyl and wherein Ar' is selected from the moieties:
  • Ra is independently selected from hydrogen, CH 3 or -C 2 H 5 ; and R 5 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 25 , X and W are as hereinbefore defined.
  • aryisulfonyl chlorides diarylphosphinyl chlorides, diphenoxyphosphinyl chlorides, alkyl (C 3 -C 8 ) carbonyl chlorides, alkenyl (C 3 -C 8 )carbonyl chlorides,
  • alkoxy(C 3 -C y )carbonyl chlorides alkenyloxy(C 3 -C 8 ) carbonyl chlorides, alkyl(C 3 -C 8 )sulfonyl chlorides, alkenyl(C 3 -C 8 )sulfonyl chlorides cycloalkylcarbonyl chlorides, arylcarbamoyl chlorides or heteroarylcarbamoyl chlorides as illustrated in Scheme 1, gives the novel compounds 8a and 8b of this invention.
  • the reactions may be carried out in solvents such as chloroform, dichloromethane, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, toluene and the like in the presence of a tertiary base such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine or pyridine at 0°C to 50°C. If more than one aroyl, heteroaroyl or aryisulfonyl group, etc. is introduced during the reaction, mild base treatment (NaOH, KOH etc.) in a lower alkancl removes the second such group to give the products 8a and 8b.
  • solvents such as chloroform, dichloromethane, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, toluene and the like
  • a tertiary base such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine or pyridine at 0°C to 50°C.
  • mild base treatment NaOH, KOH etc.
  • R b is H, CH 3 or C 2 H 5 .
  • the intermediates 13a and 13b may be reacted with R 10 X- (14) wherein R 10 is as previously defined and X is O, S, NH or NCH 3 to give derivatives of 15a and 15b as shown in Scheme 4.
  • R 6 wherein R 6 is as previously defined may be prepared as shown in Scheme 5 by first synthesizing the pyridinyl moieties 16 which are to be attached to the tricyclic benzazepine units.
  • the preformed pyridinyl moieties 16 may be activated for coupling by reaction with peptide coupling reagents or preferably activated by conversion to the pyridine-3-carbonyl chlorides 17.
  • the coupling may be carried out in inert solvents such as chloroform, dichloromethane, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, toluene and the like in the presence of a tertiary amine such as triethylamine.
  • the reactions may also be carried out in pyridine and related alkyl pyridines.
  • the starting materials 3a and 3b in Scheme 1 can be made by literature methods.
  • intermediate 6,11-dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,e]azepines and substituted derivatives are prepared according to literature procedures: L.H. Werner, et al., J. Med. Chem. ,8,74-80 (1965); A.W.H. Wardrop et al., J. Chem. Soc. Perkins Trans I, 1279-1285 (1976).
  • Substituted 5,11-dihydrodibenz[b,e]azepin-6-one are prepared by literature procedures: J. Schmutz et al., Helv. Chim. Acta., 48, 336 (1965); and reduced to substituted 6,11-dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,e]azepines with lithium aluminum hydride, borane, borane-dimethylsulfide and agents know to reduce an amide carbonyl to a
  • dibenz[b,f][1,4]thiazepin-11(10H)-ones - J . Schmutz et al., Helv. Chim. Acta., 48, 336 (1965); may be carried cut with lithium aluminum hydride in inert solvents such as dioxane and the like.
  • the tricyclic 6,7-dihydro-5H-dibenz [b, d] azepine intermediates of Formula 30 may be prepared by the literature procedures: T. Ohta et al., Tetrahedron Lett., 26, 5811 (1985); Wiesner et al., J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 77, 675 (1955); or derivatives may be prepared by coupling procedures illustrated in Scheme 7.
  • 4,10-Dihydro-5H-thieno [3,2-c][1]benzazepine 21a and 9,10-dihydro-4H-thieno[2,3-c][1]benzazepine 21b may be prepared by coupling tributyltin derivatives 19 and 20 with 2-nitrobenzyl bromide in the presence of tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium(O) as shown in Scheme 6.
  • tricyclic lactam intermediates 29 and 32 may be reduced with lithium aluminum hydride (LAH) or borane to give the tricyclic azepines 30 and 33.
  • LAH lithium aluminum hydride
  • Tricyclic intermediates 42 for the synthesis of selected vasopressin antagonists of this invention wherein Y in Formula I is -CH 2 - and m is one, may be prepared as shown in Scheme 8.
  • Suitable 1-nitro-2-chloro or 1-nitro-2-bromo heterocycles 35 undergo halogen exchange when reacted with a alkyllithium reagent such as t-butyllithium, s-butyllithium or n-butyllithium to give intermediates 37 which react with anhydrides of Formula 38.
  • R 12 is tert-butyl, secondary butyl, n-butyl, 2,6-dimethylpiperidine or a hindered non-nucleophilic dialkylamine.
  • the nitro products 39 are reduced with hydrogen and a suitable catalyst or chemically reduced (Zn-acetic acid, TiCl 3 etc.) to the amino intermediates 40.
  • Ring closure to the cyclic lactams 41 is conveniently carried out by heating in xylene or an inert solvent at 100oC to 200°C.
  • the cyclic lactams of structure type 41 are readily reduced by borane in tetrahydrofuran, borane-dimethylsulfide in tetrahydrofuran or lithium aluminum hydride in a suitable solvent such as dioxane to give the tricyclic compounds 42.
  • derivatives 38b wherein Z is as previously defined.
  • Derivatives 38b are prepared by standard procedures such as ring closure of 1-amino-2-carbcxy heteroaromatic compounds or 1-amino-2-benzoic acid derivatives, with acetic anhydride (Scheme 8).
  • some of the tricyclic derivatives of structural type 42 may be prepared by "palladium” type coupling or “copper” induced coupling of halogenated derivatives 43 to give tricylic lactams 44 . Reduction of the lactam carbonyl group gives the intermediates 42. Coupling of halogen derivatives 45 to effect ring closure with activated copper or "palladium' type reagents which induce aryl coupling gives lactams 46 . Borane reduction of lactams 46 gives derivatives 47.
  • Tetrahydro-1H-1-benzazepin-5-ones 51 and the tetrahydro-1H-1-benzazepin-2,5-d5iones 52 are useful compounds for the synthesis of intermediate tricyclic heterocyclic structures 53 and 54 (Scheme 10).
  • the tetrahydrobenzazepin-5-ones 51 and 52 may be formulated to give hydroxymethylene derivatives or reacted with either the Vilsmeier reagent or the N, N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal to give the
  • tetrahydrobenzazepin-2-ones are known compounds which are prepared by reaction of a-tetralones with sodium azide under acidic conditions.
  • Chlorine gas is bubbled into a mixture
  • tetrahydrofuran is added 4.0 ml of 10 molar borane-dimethylsulfide in tetrahydrofuran.
  • the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours, 50 ml of anhydrous methanol added and the solvent removed. An additional 30 ml of methanol is added and the solvent removed to give white crystals.
  • a sample is purified by chromatography on silica gel with hexane-chloroform-ethyl acetate (2:1:1) as solvent to give white crystals, m.p. 145-148°C.
  • tetrahydrofuran-dichloromethane (1:1) is added 3.75 ml of 2.0 molar borane-dimethylsulfide in tetrahydrofuran. The solution is stirred 1 hour at room temperature and then relfuxed for 16 hours. The mixture is cooled and water slowly added dropwise until gas evolution ceases. The volatile are removed under vacuum and the aqueous residue made alkaline with 2N sodium hydroxide. The mixture is extracted with ether (50 ml) and the extract is washed with brine and dried (Na 2 SO 4 ). The solution is filtered through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and the filter pad is washed with ether and the filtrate evaporated. The residual solid is washed with isooctane to give 1.20 g of white solid.
  • reaction mixture is stirred for 6 hours. At the end, reaction mixture is filtered and the residue washed with acetone and concentrated. The brown residue is extracted with chloroform and washed well with water. The organic layer is dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and filtered and concentrated. The product is isolated by silica gel column chromatography by eluting with 20% ethyl acetate: hexane to give 2.0 g of the desired product as a pale yellow crystalline solid, m.p. 86°C. Mass Spectrum;
  • the product obtained is pure enough for further transformation.
  • the oil product, 4,5-dihydro-4,4-dimethyl-2-[3- (tributylstannyl)-2-thienyl]-oxazole is mixed with 2-nitrobenzyl bromide (5.5 g 25 mmol) in toluene and refluxed in the presence of tetrakis
  • a mixture of 4.0 g of methyl-2-methylfurane-3-carboxylate, 30 ml of 2 N NaOH and 15 ml methanol is refluxed for 1.5 hours.
  • the solvent is removed under vacuum to give a solid.
  • the solid is extracted with dichloromethane (discarded).
  • the solid is dissolved in water and the solution acidified with 2 N citric acid to give a solid.
  • the solid is washed with water and dried to give crystals 1.05 g of crystals of 2-methylfuran-3-carboxylic acid.
  • the preceding compound (0.95 g) and 3 ml of thionyi chloride is refluxed fcr 1 hour.
  • the solvent is removed, toluene added (20 ml, three times) and the solvent removed to give the product as an oil.
  • Methyl 6-aminopyridine-3-carboxylate Dry methanol (400 ml) is cooled in an ice bath and HCI gas is bubbled into the mixture for 25 minutes. To the MeOH-HCl is added 30 g of 6-aminopyridine-3-carboxylic acid and then the mixture is stirred and heated at 90°C for 2 hours (all the solid dissolved). The solvent is removed under vacuum and the residual solid dissolved in 100 ml of water. The acidic solution is neutralized with saturated sodium bicarbonate (solid separated) and the mixture chilled and filtered to give 30 g of white crystals, m.p. 150°-154°C.
  • 6-Amino-5-bromopyridine-3-carboxylic acid (10 g, 50 mmol) is dissolved in saturated methanolic HCI (100 ml) and refluxed for 24 hours.
  • the solvent, methanol, is re-moved under reduced pressure and the residue is dis-solved in ice cold water.
  • the aqueous solution is neutralized with 0.1 N NaOH and the solid which separates is filtered; washed well with water and air dried to yield 10 g of product as a solid: mass spectrum 231 (M + ).
  • tetrahydrofuran is added slowly 18 ml of 2 N NaOH.
  • the mixture is stirred at room temperature overnight and brought to pH 5 with glacial acetic acid.
  • the mixture is concentrated, acidified to pH 2-3 with 1 N HCI and extracted with 250 ml of ethyl acetate.
  • the extract is washed with 50 ml of brine, dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and the solvent removed under vacuum.
  • the residual white solid is triturated with 15 ml of ethyl acetate to give 3.35 g of white crystals, m.p. 215-217°C.
  • 6-aminopyridine-3-carboxylate and 12.6 ml of diiso-propylethylamine in 50 ml of dichloromethane under argon is added a solution of 9.7 ml of cyclohexylcarbonyl chloride in 10 ml of dichloromethane.
  • the mixture is stirred at room temperature overnight and diluted with 200 ml of dichloromethane and 60 ml of water.
  • the organic layer is separated, washed with 60 ml of brine and dried (Na 2 SO 4 ).
  • the solution is filtered through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum to give 12.8 g of a solid.
  • Methyl 2-[N-(4-ethoxy-4-oxobutyl)-N-(2- methylphenylsulfonyl)amino)benzoate A mixture of 2.65 g of methyl 2-[(4-ethoxy-4-oxobutyl)amino]benzoate, 2.0 g of 2-methylphenylsulfonyl chloride and pyridine is heated on a steam bath for 16 hours. The mixture is concentrated under a vacuum (remove pyridine) and 1N HCI added. The mixture is extracted with dichloromethane and the extract washed with 1NHCl, H 2 O, 1 M NaHCO 3 , brine and dried (Na 2 SO 4 ).
  • 1,4,5,6-Tetrabydropyrazolo-[4,3-d][1]benzazepine A mixture of 1.0 g of 1,4,5,6-tetrahydro-6- [(2-methylphenyl)sulfonyl]pyrazolo[4,3-d][1]benzazepine in 60 ml of 40% (V/v)H 2 SO 4 in glacial acetic acid is heated at 60°C for 12 hours or until the tosyl group is removed. The mixture is poured into 100 ml ice and water with cooling. Solid NaOH is added portionwise (temperature kept below 30°C) with efficient stirring and the pH brought to 8. The mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate and the extract dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and the solvent removed to give a solid.
  • the mixture is refluxed for 2 hours ana extracted with ethyl acetate.
  • the extract is washed with 2H citric acid, H 2 O, brine and dried (Na 2 SO 4 ).
  • the solution is filtered through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and the filtrate concentrated to dryness under vacuum.
  • the residue is chromatographed on a column (2" ⁇ 18") of silica gel (32° g) with hexane-ethyl acetate (1:1) as solvent to give 0.78 g of crystals, m.p. 172-174°C.
  • tetrahydrofuran cooled to -78°C, is added 20 ml of a 2.5 molar solution of n-butyl lithium in hexane. The mixture is stirred -78°C for 15 minutes and at 0°C for 30 minutes. To the stirred solution is added 6.0 g of 2-methylbenzoxazepine-4-one. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 16 hours quenched with ice cold water and extracted with chloroform. The extract is concentrated to dryness and 100 ml of 40% H 2 SO 4 is added.
  • a mixture of 5.0 g of 2-(phenylmethyl)benzoic acid in 5.0 ml of thionyl chloride is heated on a steam bath for 1 hour. The volatiles are evaporated in vacuo to give 5.70 g of an oil.
  • a 2.85 g portion of the above oil in 25 ml of methylene chloride is added to a solution of 50 ml of methylene chloride containing 1.85 g of methyl 4-amino-2-chlorobenzoate and 1.65 g of N,N-diisopropylethylamine by stirring at room temperature for 18 hours.
  • the reaction mixture is washed with water, saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and the organic layer dried (Na 2 SO 4 ).
  • Methyl 3-Methoxy-4-[([4'-trifluoromethyl)[1,1'- biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]benzoate A solution of 3.56 g of [4'- (trifluoromethyl)[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl chloride in 25 ml of methylene chloride is added dropwise to an ice cold solution of 1.81 g of methyl 4-amino-3-methoxybenzoate and 1.62 g of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 50 ml of methylene chloride.
  • the reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and washed with water, saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and the organic layer dried (Na 2 SO 4 ).
  • the organic layer is passed through a pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and hexane added at the boil to give 3.9 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 112-113°C.
  • Methyl 2-Chloro-4-[([4'-(trifluoromethyl)[1,1'- biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)aminolbenzoate A solution of 3.56 g of [4'- (trifluoromethyl)[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl chloride in 10 ml of methylene chloride is added dropwise to an ice cold solution of 1.86 g of methyl 2-chloro-4-aminobenzoate and 1.6 g of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 50 ml of methylene chloride.
  • reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and washed with water, saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 and the organic layer dried (Na 2 SO 4 ).
  • the organic layer is passed through a pad of hydrous magnesium silicate (3X) and hexane added to the filtrate at the boil to give 4.0 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 130-132°C.
  • 2-(2-Pyridinyl)benzoic Acid A mixture of 3.0 g of methyl 2-(2-pyridinyl)benzoate and 600 mg of sodium hydroxide in 50 ml of 9:1 methanol : water is refluxed for 4 hours. The reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo and the residue dissolved in 50 ml of cold water. The solution is neutralized with glacial acetic acid and the
  • Example 2 As described for Example 1, a mixture of 4,10-dihydro-5H-thieno[3,2-c][1]benzazepine and triethylamine in dichloromethane is reacted with 6-[(5-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl)amine]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride to give the product as a solid.
  • 1,4,5, 6-tetrahydropyrazolo [4,3-d][1]benzazepine is reacted with 5 mmol of [ 1,1'-biphenyl]-4-carbonyl chloride.
  • the product is stirred in methanol with 2N NaOH fcr 16 hours and the mixture concentrated and extracted with ethyl acetate.
  • the extract is washed with 1 M citric acid, NaHCO 3 , H 2 O, dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and the solvent removed to give the product of the example as a solid.
  • To a mixture of 0.197 g of 10,11-dihydroaibenz[b,f][1,4]oxazepine and 0.402 g of 4-[([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]benzoyl chloride in 5 ml of dichloromethane (cooled in ice bath) is added dropwise 0.154 g of N, N-diisopropylethylamine in 2 ml of dichloromethane.
  • the mixture is stirred at room temperature under argon for 2 hours.
  • the mixture is poured into water and the organic layer separated.
  • the organic extract is washed with 2N Na 2 CO 3 , water, brine and dried (Na 2 SO 4 ).
  • the solution is filtered through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and the filter cake washed with dichloromethane.
  • the filtrate is concentrated to dryness to give 0.65 g of solid.
  • the solid is purified by thick layer chromatography on silica gel with hexane-ethyl acetate (2:1) as solvent to give 0.110 g of a glass, m.p. 107°C-122°C. Anal.
  • N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 7 ml of dichloromethane is stirred at room temperature for 3 hours.
  • the mixture is poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane.
  • the extract is washed with 2N Na 2 CO 3 , water, brine and dried (Na 2 SO 4 ).
  • the solution is filtered through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate (pad washed with dichloromethane).
  • the filtrate is concentrated to dryness to give a yellow solid.
  • the solid is purified by chromatography on thick layer silica gel plates with hexane-ethyl acetate (1:1) as solvent to give 0.12 g of
  • Example 65 As described for Example 48 the following compounds can be prepared. Example 65
  • Example 88 N-[5-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 2-pyridinyl]-2-(dimethylamino)-4-pyridinylcarboxamide As described for Example 67, the following compounds can be prepared.
  • Example 88 N-[5-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 2-pyridinyl]-2-(dimethylamino)-4-pyridinylcarboxamide As described for Example 67, the following compounds can be prepared.
  • Example 88 N-[5-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 2-pyridinyl]-2-(dimethylamino)-4-pyridinylcarboxamide
  • Example 67 As described for Example 67, the following compounds can be prepared.
  • Example 66 As described for Example 66., the reaction of 5,6-dihydropyrido[2,3-b][1,4]benzoxazepine (0.198 g) with 6-[([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride (0.404 g) in dichoromethane in the presence of ⁇ . N-diisopropylethylamine (0.155 g) gives the product as a solid.
  • the solid is purified by chromatography on silica gel to give the product as a solid.
  • a 4.85 g sample of crude product is triturated with ether to give 2.68 g of 6,11-dihydropyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzodiazepine as a solid.
  • dichloromethane is stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours.
  • the mixture is poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane.
  • the extract is washed with H 2 O, saturated NaHCO 3 , H 2 O, brine and dried (Na 2 SO 4 ).
  • the solution is filtered through a thin pad of hydrous megnesium silicate and the filtrate concentrated to dryness.
  • the residue is purified on thick layer silica gel plates with hexane-ethyl acetate (1:2) as solvent to give the product as a solid which is crystallized from ethyl acetate to give off-white crystals, m.p. 220°C-221°C.
  • dichloromethane is stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours.
  • the mixture is poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane.
  • the extract is washed with H 2 O, saturated NaHCO 3 , H 2 O, brine and dried (Na 2 SO 4 ).
  • the solution is filtered through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and the filtrate concentrated to dryness.
  • the residue is chromatographed on thick layer silica gel plates with hexane-ethyl acetate (1:2) to give 0.160 g of solid, m.p. 147°C-165°C.
  • Hydrogen chloride gas is bubbled into 50 ml of anhydrous chilled methanol for 15 minutes. A 25 ml sample of the methanolic hydrogen chloride is added to 0.30 g of N-[4-(6,11-dihydropyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzodiazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)phenyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide. The mixture is stirred at 0°C for 0.5 hours and allowed to warm to room temperature. The solvent is removed and the solid dried under vacuum to give 0.31 g of solid, m.p. 195°C-210°C.
  • Example 134 the following compounds can be prepared by reaction of 6,11-dihydropyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzodiazepine with the
  • Example 302 the following compounds can be prepared by reaction of 6,11-dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,e]azepine with the appropriate substituted or unsubstituted 4-[(arycarbonyl)amino]benzoyl chloride or the appropriate substituted or unsubstituted 6-[(arycarbonyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride
  • Example 352 the following compounds can be prepared by reaction of 6,11-dihydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b][1,4]benzodiazepine with the appropriate substituted or unsubstituted 4-[(arylcarbonyl)amino]benzoyl chloride or the appropriate substituted or unsubstituted 6-[(arylcarbonyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride
  • LAH LAH
  • dichloromethane which contains 7 ml of N,N-diisopropylethylamine.
  • the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 16 hours and then is washed with water, 1N HCI, saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, water and dried (Na 2 SO 4 ).
  • the solvent is removed and the residue purified by chromatography on silica gel with ethyl acetate-hexane (1:3) to give 1.1 g of a solid, m.p.
  • Rat liver plasma membranes expressing the vasopressin V 1 receptor subtypes are isolated by sucrose density gradient according to the method described by lesko et al., (1973). These membranes are quickly suspended in 50.0 mM Tris.HCl buffer, pH 7.4, containing 0.2% bovine serum albumin (BSA) and 0.1 mM
  • BSA bovine serum albumin
  • phenylmethylsulfonyifluoride (PMSF) and kept frozen at -70°C until used in subsequent binding experiments.
  • PMSF phenylmethylsulfonyifluoride
  • the following is added to the wells of a ninety-six well format micrctiter plate: 100 ml of 100.0 mM Tris.HCl buffer containing 10.0 mM MgCl 2 , 0.2% heat inactivated BSA and a mixture of protease
  • leupeptin 1.0 mg%; aprotinin, 1.0 mg %; 1,10-phenanthroline, 2.0 mg %; trypsin inhibitor, 10.0 mg % and 0.1 mM PMSF, 20.0 ml of [phenylalanyl-3,4,5,- 3 H] vasopressin (S.A. 45.1 Ci/mmole) 0.8 mM, and the reaction initiated by the addition of 80 ml of tissue membranes containing 20 mg of tissue protein. The plates are kept undisturbed on the bench top at room temperature for 120 min. to reach equilibrium. Non-specific samples are assayed in the presence of 0.1 mM of the unlabeled antagonist phenyialanylvasopressin, added in 20.0 ml volume.
  • test compounds For test compounds, these are solubilized in 50% dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) and added in 20.0 ml volume to a final incubation volume of 200 ml. Upon completion of binding, the content of each well is filtered off, using a Brandel® cell Harvester (Gaithersburg, MD). The radioactivity trapped on the filter disk by the ligand-receptor complex is assessed by liquid scintillation counting in a Packard LS Counter, with an efficiency of 65% for tritium. The data are analyzed fcr IC 50 values by the LUNDON-2 program for competition (LUNDON).
  • DMSO dimethylsulfoxide
  • Medullary tissues from rat kidneys are dissected out, cut into small pieces and soaked in a 0.154 mM sodium chloride solution containing 1.0 mM EDTA with many changes of the liquid phase, until the solution is clear of blood.
  • the tissue is homogenized in a 0.25 M sucrose solution containing 1.0 mM EDTA with many changes of the liquid phase, until the solution is clear of blood.
  • the tissue is homogenized in a 0.25 M sucrose solution containing 1.0 mM EDTA and 0.1 mM PMSF using a Potter-Elvehjem homogenizer with a teflon pestle.
  • the homo ⁇ enate is filtered throu ⁇ h several layers (4 layers) of cheese cloth.
  • the filtrate is rehomogenized using a dounce homogenizer, with a tight fitting pestle.
  • the final homogenate is centrifuged at 1500 X g for 15 min.
  • the nuclear pellet is discarded and the supernatant fluid recentrifuged at 40,000 ⁇ g for 30 min.
  • the resulting pellet formed contains a dark inner part with the exterior, slightly pink.
  • the pink outer part is suspended in a small amount of 50.0 mM Tris.HCl buffer, pH 7.4.
  • the protein content is determined by the Lowry's method (Lowry et al., J. Biol. Chem., 1953).
  • the membrane suspension is stored at - 70°C, in 50.0 mMTris.HCl, containing 0.2% inactivated BSA and 0.1 mM PMSF in aiiquots of 1.0 ml containing 10.0 mg protein per ml of suspension until sue in subsequent binding experiments.
  • Frozen platelet rich plasma received from the Hudson Valley Blood Services, are thawed to room temperature.
  • Platelet Source Hudson Valley Blood Services, Westchester Medical Center, Valhalla, NY.
  • the tubes containing the PRP are centrifuged aa
  • KC1 to give 1.0-2.0 mg protein per ml of suspension.
  • the flasks containing the attached cells are rinsed with 2 ⁇ 5 ml of phosphate buffered saline (PBS) and the liquid aspirated off each time.
  • PBS phosphate buffered saline
  • 5 ml of an enzyme free dissociation Hank's based solution (Specialty Media, Inc., Lafayette, NJ is added and the flasks are left undisturbed for 2 minutes.
  • the content of all flasks is poured into a centrifuge tube and the cells pelleted at 300 ⁇ g for 15 minutes.
  • the Hank's based solution is aspirated off and the cells homogenized with a polytron at setting #6 for 10 sec in 10.0 mM Tris.HCl buffer, pH 7.4 containing 0.25 M sucrose and 1.0 mM EDTA.
  • the homogenate is centrifuged at 1500 ⁇ g for 10 minutes to remove ghost membranes.
  • the supernatant fluid is centrifuged at 100,000 ⁇ g for 60 minutes to pellet the receptor protein. Upon completion, the pellet is resuspended in a small volume of 50.0 mM Tris.HCl buffer, pH 7.4.
  • the protein content is determined by the Lowry method and the receptor membranes are suspended in 50.0 mM Tris.HCl buffer containing 0.1 mM phenylmethylsulfonylfluoride (PMSF) and 0.2% bovine serum albumin (BSA) to give 2.5 mg receptor protein per ml of suspension.
  • PMSF phenylmethylsulfonylfluoride
  • BSA bovine serum albumin
  • Fcr binding experiments the following is added in ml volume to wells of a 96 well format of a microtiter plate: 100.0 ml of 100.0 mM Tris.HCl buffer containing 0.2% heat inactivated BSA, 10.0 mM MgCl 2 and a mixture of protease inhibitors: ieupeptin, 1.0 mg%; aprotinin, 1.0 mg%; 1,10-phenanthroline, 2.0 mg %;
  • trypsin inhibitor 10.0 mg % and 0.1 mM PMSF., 20.0 ml of [ 3 H] Arginine 8 , vasopressin (S.A. 75.0 Ci/mmole) at 0.8 nM and the reaction initiated by the addition of 80.0 ml of tissue membranes (200.0 mg tissue protein).
  • tissue membranes (200.0 mg tissue protein).
  • the plates are left undisturbed on the bench top for 120 minutes to reach equilibrium. Non specific binding is assessed in the presence of 1.0 mM of unlabeled ligand, added in 20 ml volume. For test compounds, these are solubilized in 50% dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) and added in 20.0 ml volume to a final incubation volume of 200 ml.
  • DMSO dimethylsulfoxide
  • Conscious hydrated rats are treated with compounds under study from 0.1 to 100 mg/kg orally or vehicle. Two to four rats are used for each compound. One hour later, arginine vasopressin (AVP, antidiuretic hormone, ADH) dissolved in peanut oil is administered at 0.4 mg/kg intraperitoneally. Two rats in each test would not receive arginine vasopressin but only the vehicle (peanut oil) to serve as water-loading control. Twenty minutes later each rat is given 30 mL/kg of deionized water orally by gavage and is placed
  • Urine volume is measure and osmolality analyzed by use of a Fiske One-Ten osmometer (Fiske Assoc.., Norwood, MA, USA).
  • Urinary sodium, potassium, and chloride are analyzed by use of ion-specific electrodes in a Beckman E3 (Electrolye 3) Analyzer.
  • a Fiske One-Ten osmometer Fiske Assoc.., Norwood, MA, USA.
  • Urinary sodium, potassium, and chloride are analyzed by use of ion-specific electrodes in a Beckman E3 (Electrolye 3) Analyzer.
  • Vasopressin V 1 Antagonist Activity in Conscious Rats
  • Conscious rats are restrained in a supine position with elastic tape.
  • the area at the base of the tail is locally anesthetized by subcutaneous
  • 2% procaine 0.2 ml
  • a cannula made of FE 10 and 20 (heat-fused) tubing is passed into the lower abdominal aorta.
  • the cannula is secured, heparinized (1000 iu/cc), sealed and the wound closed with one or two stitches of Dexon 4-0.
  • the caudal vein is also cannulated in the same manner for intravenous drug administration. The duration of the surgery is approximately 5 minutes. Additional local anesthesia (2% procaine or iidocaine) is provided as needed.
  • the animals are placed in plastic restraining cages in an upright position.
  • the cannula is attached to a Statham P23Db pressure transducer and pulsatile blood pressure is recorded.
  • each rat is dosed orally with compounds under study 0.1-100 mg/kg (10 cc/kg) or intravenously 0.1-30 mg/kg (1 cc/kg).
  • the vasopressin injections are repeated 30,60,90,120,180,240 and 300 minutes later. Percentage of antagonism by the compound is calculated using the pre-drug vasopressin vasopressor response as 100%.
  • mice Female Sprague-Dawley rats weighing approximately 200-250 g are injected intramuscularly (i.m.) with 0.3 mg/kg of body weight of
  • DES diethylstilbestrol
  • the rats are sacrificed 18 hours later under pentobarbital anesthesia.
  • the uteri are dissected out, cleaned of fat and connective tissues and rinsed in 50 ml of normal saline.
  • the tissue pooled from six rats is homogenized in 50 ml of 0.01 mM Tris.
  • HCI containing C .5 mM dithiothreitol and 1.0 mM EDTA, adjusted to pH 7.4, using a polytron at setting 6 with three passes of 10 sec each.
  • the homogenate is passed through two (2) layers of cheesecloth and the filtrate centrifuged at 1000 ⁇ g for 10 minutes.
  • the clear supernatant is removed and recentrifuged at 165,000 ⁇ g for 30 minutes.
  • the resulting pellet containing the oxytocin receptors is resuspended in 50.0 mM Tris.HCl containing 5.0 mM MgCl 2 at pH 7.4, to give a protein concentration of 2.5 mg/ml of tissue suspension. This preparation is used in subsequent binding assays with [ 3 H] oxytocin.
  • Binding of 3,5-[ 3 H]Oxytocin ([ 3 H]OT) to its receptors is done in micrctiter plates using [ 3 H]OT, at various concentrations, in an assay buffer of 50.0 mM Tris.HCI, pH 7.4 and containing 5.0 mM MgCl 2 , and a mixture of protease inhibitors: BSA, 0.1 mg; aprotinin, 1.0 mg; 1,10-phenanthroiine, 2.0 mg; trypsin, 10.0 mg; and PMSF, 0.3 mg per 100 ml of buffer solution.
  • Non-specific binding is determined in the presence of 1.0 uM unlabeled OT.
  • the binding reaction is terminated after 60 minutes, at 22°C, by rapid filtration through glass fiber filters using a Erandel® cell harvester
  • V 2 Vasopressin Antidiuretic
  • mice Male or female normotensive Sprague-Dawley rats (Charles River Laboratories, Inc., Springfield, NY) of 400-450 g of body weight were supplied with Laboratory Rodent Feed #5001 (PMI Feeds, Inc., Richmond, IN) and water ad libitum. On the day of test, rats were placed
  • DMSO dimethylsulfoxide
  • the compounds of the present invention can be used in the form of salts derived from pharmaceutically or physiologically acceptable acids or bases.
  • These salts include, but are not limited to, the following: salts with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid and, as the case may be, such organic acids as acetic acid, oxalic acid, succinic acid, and maieic acid.
  • Other salts include salts with alkali metals or alkaline earth metals, such as sodium, potassium, calcium cr magnesium or with organic bases.
  • the compounds can also be used in the form of esters, carba.mates and other conventional "pro-drug" forms, which, when administered in such form, convert to the active moiety in vivo .
  • the compounds When the compounds are employed for the above utilities, they may be combined with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, fcr example, solvents, diluents and the like, and may be administered orally in such forms as tablets, capsules, dispersible powders, granules, or suspensions containing, for example, from about 0.05 to 5% of suspending agent, syrups containing, for example, from about 10 to 50% of sugar, and elixirs containing, for example, from about 20 to 50% ethanol, and the like, or parenterally in the form of sterile injectabie solutions cr suspensions containing from about 0.05 to 5% suspending agent in an isotonic medium.
  • Such pharmaceutical preparations may contain, for example, from about 25 to about 90% of the active ingredient in combination with the carrier, more usually between about 5% and 60% by weight.
  • the effective dosage of active ingredient employed may vary depending on the particular compound employed, the mode of administration and the severity of the condition being treated. However, in general, satisfactory results are obtained when the compounds of the invention are administered at a daily dosage of from about 0.5 to about 500 mg/kg of animal body weight, preferably given in divided doses two to four times a day, or in a sustained release form. For most large mammals the total daily dosage is from about 1 to 100 mg, preferably from about 2 to 80 mg.
  • Dosage forms suitable for internal use comprise from about 0.5 to 500 mg of the active compound in intimate admixture with a solid or liquid pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This dosage regimen may be adjusted to provide the optimal therapeutic response. For example, several divided doses may be administered daily or the dose may be proportionally reduced as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation.
  • active compounds may be administered orally as well as by intravenous, intramuscular, or subcutaneous routes.
  • Solid carriers include starch, lactose, dicalcium phosphate, microcrystalline cellulose, sucrose and kaolin, while liquid carriers include sterile water, polyethylene glyccls, non-ionic surfac tants and edible oils such as corn, peanut and sesame oils, as are appropriate to the nature of the active ingredient and the particular form of administration desired.
  • Adjuvants customarily employed in the preparation of pharmaceutical compositions may be advantageously included, such as flavoring agents, coloring agents, preserving agents, and antioxidants, for example, vitamin E, ascorbic acid, BHT and BHA.
  • compositions from the standpoint of ease of preparation and administration are solid compositions, particularly tablets and hard-filled or liquid-filled capsules. Oral administration of the compounds is preferred.
  • active compounds may also be administered parenterally or intraperitoneally.
  • Solutions or suspensions of these active compounds as a free base or pharmacologically acceptable salt can be prepared in water suitably mixed with a surfactant such as hydroxypropylcellulose.
  • Dispersions can also be prepared in glycerol, liquid, polyethylene glycols and mixtures thereof in oils. Under ordinary conditions of storage and use, these preparations contain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms.
  • the pharmaceutical forms suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectabie solutions or dispersions.
  • the form must be sterile and must be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exits. It must be stable under conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacterial and fungi.
  • the carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol (e.g., glycerol, propylene glycol and liquid polyethylene glycol), suitable mixtures thereof, and vegetable oil.
  • the new tricyclic non-peptide vasopressin antagonists of this invention are useful in treating conditions where decreased vasopressin levels are desired, such as in congestive heart failure, in disease conditions with excess renal water reabsorption and in conditions with increased vascular resistance and coronary vasoconstriction.
  • vasopressin antagonists of this invention are therapeutically useful in the treatment and/or prevention of hypertension, cardiac insufficiency, coronary vasospasm, cardiac ischemia, renal vasospasm, liver cirrhosis, congestive heart failure, nephritic syndrome, brain edema, cerebral ischemia, cerebral hemorrhage-stroke, thrombosis-bleeding and abnormal states of water retention.
  • the oxytocin antagonists of this invention are useful in the prevention of preterm labor and premature birth which is a significant cause of infant health problems and infant mortality.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Reproductive Health (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Gynecology & Obstetrics (AREA)
  • Pregnancy & Childbirth (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
  • Nitrogen And Oxygen Or Sulfur-Condensed Heterocyclic Ring Systems (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Oxygen Or Sulfur (AREA)
  • Other In-Based Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Nitrogen And Oxygen As The Only Ring Hetero Atoms (AREA)

Abstract

Tricyclic compound of general formula (I) as defined herein which exhibit antagonist activity at V1 and/or V2 receptors and exhibit in vivo vasopressin antagonist activity, methods for using such compounds in treating diseases characterized by excess renal reabsorption of water, and process for preparing such compounds.

Description

Title: TRICYCLIC BENZAZEPINE VASOPRESSIN ANTAGONISTS
1. Field of the Invention
This invention relates to new tricyclic non-peptide vasopressin antagonists which are useful in treating conditions where decreased vasopressin levels are desired, such as in congestive heart failure, in disease conditions with excess renal water reabsorption and in conditions with increased vascular resistance and coronary vasoconstriction.
2. Background of the Invention
Vasopressin is released from the posterior pituitary either in response to increased plasma osmolarity detected by brain osmoreceptors or decreased blood volume and blood pressure sensed by low-pressure volume receptors and arterial baroreceptors. The hormone exerts its action through two well defined receptor subtypes: vascular V1 and renal epithelial V2 receptors. Vasopressin-induced antidiuresis, mediated by renal epithelial V2 receptors, helps to maintain normal plasma osmolarity, blood volume and blood pressure.
Vasopressin is involved in some cases of congestive heart failure where peripheral resistance is increased. V1 antagonists may decrease systemic vascular resistance, increase cardiac output and prevent vasopressin induced coronary vasoconstriction. Thus, in conditions with vasopressin induce increases in total peripheral resistance and altered local blood flow, V1-antagonists may be therapeutic agents. V1 antagonists may decrease blood pressure, induced hypotensive effects and thus be therapeutically useful in treatment of some types of hypertension.
The blockage of V2 receptors is useful in treating diseases characterized by excess renal
reabsorption of free water. Antidiuresis is regulated by the hypothalamic release of vasopressin (antidiuretic hormone) which binds to specific receptors on renal collecting tubule cells. This binding stimulates adenylyl cyclase and promotes the cAMP-mediated
incorporation of water pores into the luminal surface of these cells. V2 antagonists may correct the fluid retention in congestive heart failure, liver cirrhosis, nephritic syndrome, central nervous system injuries, lung disease and hyponatremia.
Elevated vasopressin levels occur in congestive heart failure which is more common in older patients with chronic heart failure. In patients with hyponatremic congestive heart failure and elevated vasopressin levels, a V2 antagonist may be beneficial in promoting free water excretion by antagonizing the action of antidiuretic hormone, On the basis of biochemical and pharmacological effects of the hormone, antagonists of vasopressin are expected to be
therapeutically useful in the treatment and/or
prevention of hypertension, cardiac insufficiency, coronary vasospasm, cardiac ischemia, renal vasospasm, liver cirrhosis, congestive heart failure, nephritic syndrome, brain edema, cerebral ischemia, cerebral hemorrhage-stroke, thrombosis-bleeding and abnormal states of water retention. The following prior art references describe peptide vasopressin antagonists: M. Manning et al.,
J. Med. Chem., 35, 382(1992); M. Manning et al., J. Med. Chem., 35, 3895(1992); H. Gavras and B. Lammek,
U.S. Patent 5,070,187 (1991); M. Manning and
W.H. Sawyer, U.S. Patent 5,055,448(1991) F.E. Ali, U.S. Patent 4,766,108(1988); R.R. Ruffolo et al., Drug News and Perspective, 4(4), 217, (May) (1991). P.D.
Williams et al., have reported on potent hexapeptide oxytocin antagonists [J . Med. Chem., 35, 3905(1992)] which also exhibit weak vasopressin antagonist activity in binding to V1 and V2 receptors. Peptide vasopressin antagonists suffer from a lack of oral activity and many of these peptides are not selective antagonists since they also exhibit partial agonist activity.
Non-peptide vasopressin antagonists have recently been disclosed, Y. Yamamura et al., Science, 252, 579(1991); Y. Yamamura et al., Br. J. Pharmacol, 105, 787(1992); Ogawa et al., (Otsuka Pharm Co., LTD.) EP 0514667-A1; EPO 382185-A2; WO9105549 and
U.S.5, 258, 510; WO 9404525 Yamanouchi Pharm. Co., Ltd., WO 9420473; WO 9412476; WO 9414796; Fujisawa Co. Ltd., EP 620216-A1 Ogawa et al, (Otsuka Pharm. Co.) EP 470514A disclose carbostyril derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions containing the same. Non-peptide oxytocin and vasopressin antagonist have been disclosed by Merck and Co.; M.G. Bock and P.D. Williams, EP 0533242A; M.G. Bock et al., EP 0533244A; J.M. Erb, D.F. Verber, P.D. Williams, EP 0533240A; K. Gilbert et al., EP 0533243A.
Premature birth can cause infant health problems and mortality and a key mediator in the mechanism of labor is the peptide hormone oxytocin. On the basis of the pharmacological action of oxytocin, antagonists of this hormone are useful in the prevention of preterm labor, B.E. Evans et al., J . Med. Chem. 35 ,
3919(1992), J. Med. Chem., 36, 3993(1993) and references therein. The compounds of this invention are
antagonists of the peptide hormone oxytocin and are useful in the control of premature birth.
The present invention relates to novel tricyclic derivatives which exhibit antagonist activity at V1 and/or V2 receptors and exhibit in vivo
vasopressin antagonist activity. The compounds also exhibit antagonist activity at oxytocin receptors.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
This invention relates to new compounds selected from those of the general formula I:
Formula I
Wherein Y is (CH2)n, O, S, NH, NCOCH3, N-lower alkyl (C1-C3), CH-lower alkyl (C1-C3), CHNH-lower alkyl (C1-C3), CHNH2, CHN[lower alkyl (C1-C3H2, CHO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), CHS-lower alkyl (C1-C3), wherein n is an integer from 0-2:
A-B is
or
wherein m is an integer from 1-2, provided that when Y is -(CH2)n- and n=2, m may also be zero and when n is zero, m may also be three, provided also that when y is -(CH2)n and n is 2, m may not also be two.
Ri is hydrogen, halogen (chlorine, bromine, fluorine, iodine), OH, -S-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -SH, -SO lower alkyl(C1-C3), -SO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CF3; lower alkyl(C1-C3); O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -NO2, -NH2, -NHCO lower alkyl (C1-C3), -N-[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2, -SO2NH2; -SO2NH lower
alkyl(C1-C3) or -SO2N[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2 ;
R2 is hydrogen, Cl, Br, F, I. -OH, lower alkyl(C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), or R1 and R2 taken together are methylenedioxy or ethylenedioxy;
R3 is the moiety:
wherein Ar is a moiety selected from the moiety
R4 is hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1-C3); -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3);
R5 and R7 are selected from hydrogen, (C1-C3) lower alkyl, (C1-C3) lower alkoxy and halogen;
R6 is selected from (a) moieties of the formula:
wherein cycloalkyl is defined as C3 to C6 cycloalkyl, cyclohexenyl or cyclopentenyl; Ra is hydrogen, CH3, C2H5, moieties of the formulae:
-(CH2)2O-lower alkyl(C1-C3) or -CH2CH2OH; q is one, two or three; Rb is hydrogen, CH3 or -C2H5;
(b) a moiety of the formula:
-X-R10; wherein R10 is lower alkyl(C3-C8), lower alkenyl
(C3-C8), -(CH2)p-cycloalkyl(C3-C6),
and p is zero to three:
X is O, S, NH, NCH3, or a bond
and R5 and R7 are as previously defined
(c) a moiety of the formula: wherein J is Ra, lower alkyl(C3-C8) branched or
unbranched, lower alkenyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, O-lower alkyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, -O-lower alkenyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, the moieties
or -CH2-K' wherein K' is halogen, -OH, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene or the heterocyclic ring moiety: wherein D, E, F and G are selected from carbon or nitrogen and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted with halogen (C1-C3)lower alkoxy, -CO-lower alkyl( C1-C3), CHO, (C1-C3)lower alkoxy, -CO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3), and Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined; (d) a moiety selected from those of the formulae:
wherein Rc is selected from halogen, (C1-C3)lower alkyl
-O-lower alkyl(C1-C3) and OH, Rb is as hereinbefore defined;
Ar' is a moiety selected from the group
R8 and R9 are independently hydrogen, lower alkyl (C1-C3); O-lower alkyl(C1-C3); S-lower alkyl(C1-C3),
-CF3, -CN, -OH, -SCF3, -OCF3, halogen, NO2, amino or NH lower alkyl(C1-C3), -N-[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2,
-N(Rb) (CH2)q-N(Rb)2;
W is O, S NH, N-lower alkyl(C1-C3), NCO-lower
alkyl(C1-C3) or NSO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3) or NSO2lower alkyl(C1-C3);
R25 is selected from the moieties
and the moiety
represents: (1) phenyl or substituted phenyl optionally substituted by one or two substituents selected from
(C1-C3) lower alkyl, halogen, amino, (C1-C3) lower alkoxy, or (C1-C3) lower alkyl amino; (2) a 5-membered aromatic (unsaturated) heterocyclic ring having one heteroatom selected from O, N or S; (3) a 6-membered aromatic (unsaturated) heterocyclic ring having one nitrogen atom; (4) a 5 or 6-membered aromatic
(unsaturated) heterocyclic ring having two nitrogen atoms; (5) a 5-membered aromatic (unsaturated)
heterocyclic ring having one nitrogen atom together with either one oxygen or one sulfur atom; wherein the 5 or 6-membered heterocyclic rings are optionally substituted by (C1-C3) lower alkyl, formyl, a moiety of the formula:
halogen or (C1-C3) lower alkoxy. For example, the fused heterocyclic ring may be represented by furan, pyrrole, pyrazole, thiophene, thiazole, oxazole, imidazole, pyrimidine or pyridine ring which may be substituted or unsubstituted. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
Within the group of the compounds defined by Formula I, certain subgroups of compounds are broadly preferred. Broadly preferred are those compounds wherein R3 is a moiety: and Ar is selected from the moiety:
wherein R5, R6 and R7 are as hereinbefore defined.
Especially preferred are compounds wherein R3 is the moiety: and Ar is selected from the moiety:
and
R6 i s NHCOAr ' and Ar ' is
wherein R8, R9, R25 and W' are as hereinbefore defined.
Also especially broadly preferred are compounds wherein Y in Formula I is -(CH2)n- and n is zero or one; A-B is or and R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9 and R10 are as hereinbefore defined; and m is an integer from 1-2.
The most broadly preferred of the compounds of Formula I are tliose wherein Y is -(CH2)n- and n is one; A-B is
or ;m is one or two
R3 is the moiety: Ar is and
R6 is
and Ar ' is a moiety
Cycloalkyl Ra, Rb and W' are as previously defined and R8 and R9 are preferably ortho CF3, Cl, OCH3, CH3, SCH3 or OCF3 substituents or Ar' is a disubstituted
derivative wherein R8 and R9 are independently Cl, OCH3 , CH3 and F.
The most highly broadly preferred of the compounds of Formula I are those wherein Y is -(CH2)n-, n is zero or one and represents a phenyl, substituted phenyl, thiophene, furan, pyrrole or a pyridine ring;
A-B is
or
m is one when n is one and m is two when n is zero; R3 is the moiety: wherein Ar is
and and R6 is selected f rom the group ,
where Ar' is selected from the moieties:
and Ra, Rb, R1, R2 , R4 , R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R25 and W' are as previously defined.
Most particularly preferred are compounds of the formulae:
and
wherein m is an integer one or two; R1 and R2 are as previously defined;
R3 is the moiety: wherein Ar is selected from moieties of the formulae: and
R6 is
-
wherein cycloalkyl is defined as C3-C6 cycloalkyl, cyclohexenyl or cyclopentenyl and wherein Ar' is selected from the moieties:
Ra is independently selected from hydrogen, CH3 or -C2H5; and R5, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25, X and W are as hereinbefore defined.
Also particularly preferred are compounds of the formulae: wherein m is an integer one or two; R1 and R2 are as previously defined;
R3 is the moiety: wherein Ar is selected from moieties of the formulae:
and
R6 is
3 8
wherein cycloalkyl is defined as C3 to C6 cycloalkyl, cyclohexenyl or cyclopentenyl and wherein Ar' is selected from the moieties:
Ra is independently selected from hydrogen, CH3 or -C2H5; and R5, R7, R8 , R9, R10, R25, X and W are as hereinbefore defined.
Compounds of this invention may be prepared as shown in Scheme I by reaction of tricyclic derivatives of Formula 3a and 2b with a substituted or unsubstituted 6-nitropyridine-3-carbonyl chloride 4 to give the intermediates 5a and 5b. Reduction of the nitro group in intermediates 5a and 5b gives the β-amino-3-pyridinylcarbonyi derivatives 6a and 6b . The reduction of the nitro group in intermediates 5a. and 5b may be carried out under catalytic reduction conditions
(hydrogen-Pd/C; Pd/C-hydrazine-ethanol) or under chemical reduction conditions (SnCl2-ethanol; Zn-acetic acid; TiCl3) and related reduction conditions known in the art for converting a nitro group to an amino group. The conditions for conversion of the nitro group to the amino group are chosen on the basis of compatibility with the preservation of other functional groups in the molecule.
Reaction of compounds of Formula 6a and 6b with aroyl chlorides, heteroaroyl chlorides,
aryisulfonyl chlorides, diarylphosphinyl chlorides, diphenoxyphosphinyl chlorides, alkyl (C3-C8) carbonyl chlorides, alkenyl (C3-C8)carbonyl chlorides,
alkoxy(C3-Cy)carbonyl chlorides, alkenyloxy(C3-C8) carbonyl chlorides, alkyl(C3-C8)sulfonyl chlorides, alkenyl(C3-C8)sulfonyl chlorides cycloalkylcarbonyl chlorides, arylcarbamoyl chlorides or heteroarylcarbamoyl chlorides as illustrated in Scheme 1, gives the novel compounds 8a and 8b of this invention. The reactions may be carried out in solvents such as chloroform, dichloromethane, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, toluene and the like in the presence of a tertiary base such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine or pyridine at 0°C to 50°C. If more than one aroyl, heteroaroyl or aryisulfonyl group, etc. is introduced during the reaction, mild base treatment (NaOH, KOH etc.) in a lower alkancl removes the second such group to give the products 8a and 8b.
Reaction of tricyclic derivatives of Formula 6a and 6b with either a carbamoyl derivative 9 or a isocyanate derivative 10 gives compounds (Scheme 2) of Formula 11a and 11b which are vasopressin antagonists and/or oxytocin antagonists of Formula I wherein R6 is
and Rb is H, CH3 or C2H5 .
Reaction of tricyclic derivatives of Formula 3a and 3b with a 6-chloro or a 6-fluoropyridinine-3-carbonyl chloride 12 gives intermediates 13a and 13b (Scheme 3).
The intermediates 13a and 13b may be reacted with R10X- (14) wherein R10 is as previously defined and X is O, S, NH or NCH3 to give derivatives of 15a and 15b as shown in Scheme 4.
The compounds of Formula I wherein Y, A-B, Z, R1, R2 and R3 are as defined and the R3 (-COAr) aryl group is
wherein R6 is as previously defined may be prepared as shown in Scheme 5 by first synthesizing the pyridinyl moieties 16 which are to be attached to the tricyclic benzazepine units.
The preformed pyridinyl moieties 16 may be activated for coupling by reaction with peptide coupling reagents or preferably activated by conversion to the pyridine-3-carbonyl chlorides 17. The coupling may be carried out in inert solvents such as chloroform, dichloromethane, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, toluene and the like in the presence of a tertiary amine such as triethylamine. The reactions may also be carried out in pyridine and related alkyl pyridines.
The starting materials 3a and 3b in Scheme 1 can be made by literature methods. For example, intermediate 6,11-dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,e]azepines and substituted derivatives are prepared according to literature procedures: L.H. Werner, et al., J. Med. Chem. ,8,74-80 (1965); A.W.H. Wardrop et al., J. Chem. Soc. Perkins Trans I, 1279-1285 (1976).
Substituted 5,11-dihydrodibenz[b,e]azepin-6-one are prepared by literature procedures: J. Schmutz et al., Helv. Chim. Acta., 48, 336 (1965); and reduced to substituted 6,11-dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,e]azepines with lithium aluminum hydride, borane, borane-dimethylsulfide and agents know to reduce an amide carbonyl to a
methylene group. Intermediate 10,11-dihydrodibenz[b,f][1,4 ]thiazepines are prepared by literature procedures - for example, see K. Brewster et al., J. Chem. Soc. Perkin I, 1286 (1976). Reduction of either dibenz[b,f][1,4]oxazepines [A.W.H. Wardrop et al., J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. I, 1279 (1976)] and dibenz[b,f][1,4]oxazepin-11(10H)-ones and
dibenz[b,f][1,4]thiazepin-11(10H)-ones - J . Schmutz et al., Helv. Chim. Acta., 48, 336 (1965); may be carried cut with lithium aluminum hydride in inert solvents such as dioxane and the like. The tricyclic 6,7-dihydro-5H-dibenz [b, d] azepine intermediates of Formula 30 may be prepared by the literature procedures: T. Ohta et al., Tetrahedron Lett., 26, 5811 (1985); Wiesner et al., J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 77, 675 (1955); or derivatives may be prepared by coupling procedures illustrated in Scheme 7. The reduction of nitro compounds of structure type 31 followed by ring closure, affords iactams 32 which are reduced to give tricyclic azepines of Formula 33.
5,11-Dihydro-6H-pyrido [3,2-c][1]benzazepines are prepared by literature procedures - J. Firl et al., Liebigs Ann. Chem. 469, (1989). 11H-Pyrido[2,3-b][1,4]benzoaiazepin-6(5H) ones have been reported by J.F.F. Liegeois et al., J . Med. Chem 36, 2107 (1993) and these derivatives are reduced to 11H-pyrido[[2,3-b][1,4]benzodiazepines. The synthesis of tricyclic
1,4,5,10-tetrahydropyrazolo-[4,3-c][1]benzodiazepine and the 3-chloro derivative have been reported - G. Palazzino, et al., J. Heterocyclic Chem., 26, 71 (1989). 4,10-Dihydro-5H-thieno [3,2-c][1]benzazepine 21a and 9,10-dihydro-4H-thieno[2,3-c][1]benzazepine 21b may be prepared by coupling tributyltin derivatives 19 and 20 with 2-nitrobenzyl bromide in the presence of tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium(O) as shown in Scheme 6.
Following coupling of intermediate 24 to give the tricyclic azepine 25, the nitro group is reduced to give the 6-aminonicotinoyl derivative 26. The
derivative 26 is then reacted with the appropriate acid chlorides as illustrated in Scheme 2 to give the products 27 and 27a.
Also depicted in Scheme 7 is the synthesis of intermediate tricyclic azepine 30 and 33. The tricyclic lactam derivatives 29 and 32 may be prepared by
reduction of nitro intermediates 28 and 31, followed by ring closure of the corresponding amino derivatives. These tricyclic lactam intermediates 29 and 32 may be reduced with lithium aluminum hydride (LAH) or borane to give the tricyclic azepines 30 and 33.
Tricyclic intermediates 42 for the synthesis of selected vasopressin antagonists of this invention wherein Y in Formula I is -CH2- and m is one, may be prepared as shown in Scheme 8. Suitable 1-nitro-2-chloro or 1-nitro-2-bromo heterocycles 35 undergo halogen exchange when reacted with a alkyllithium reagent such as t-butyllithium, s-butyllithium or n-butyllithium to give intermediates 37 which react with anhydrides of Formula 38. R12 is tert-butyl, secondary butyl, n-butyl, 2,6-dimethylpiperidine or a hindered non-nucleophilic dialkylamine. The nitro products 39 are reduced with hydrogen and a suitable catalyst or chemically reduced (Zn-acetic acid, TiCl3 etc.) to the amino intermediates 40. Ring closure to the cyclic lactams 41 is conveniently carried out by heating in xylene or an inert solvent at 100ºC to 200°C. The cyclic lactams of structure type 41 are readily reduced by borane in tetrahydrofuran, borane-dimethylsulfide in tetrahydrofuran or lithium aluminum hydride in a suitable solvent such as dioxane to give the tricyclic compounds 42.
Alternatively phenyllithium derivatives 37b, which are prepared by lithiation of protected
benzaldehyde derivatives or by lithiation of 2-chloro or 2-bromo protected benzaldehyde derivatives, are reacted with derivatives 38b wherein Z is as previously defined. Derivatives 38b are prepared by standard procedures such as ring closure of 1-amino-2-carbcxy heteroaromatic compounds or 1-amino-2-benzoic acid derivatives, with acetic anhydride (Scheme 8).
Alternatively, as shown in Scheme 9, some of the tricyclic derivatives of structural type 42 may be prepared by "palladium" type coupling or "copper" induced coupling of halogenated derivatives 43 to give tricylic lactams 44 . Reduction of the lactam carbonyl group gives the intermediates 42. Coupling of halogen derivatives 45 to effect ring closure with activated copper or "palladium' type reagents which induce aryl coupling gives lactams 46 . Borane reduction of lactams 46 gives derivatives 47. Ullmann cross couplings of halogenated hetterocycles and 2-bromonitrobenzenes and related cross couplings by low valent palladium species such as [Pd(PPh3)4] and PdCl2(PPh3)2 are known
synethetic procedures; N. Shimizu et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 34, 3421 (1993) and references therein; N. M. Ali et al., Tetrahedron, 37, 8117 (1992) and references therein; J. Stavenuiter et al., Heterocycles, 26 2711 (1987) and references therein.
Tetrahydro-1H-1-benzazepin-5-ones 51 and the tetrahydro-1H-1-benzazepin-2,5-d5iones 52 are useful compounds for the synthesis of intermediate tricyclic heterocyclic structures 53 and 54 (Scheme 10). The tetrahydrobenzazepin-5-ones 51 and 52 may be formulated to give hydroxymethylene derivatives or reacted with either the Vilsmeier reagent or the N, N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal to give the
dimethylaminomethylene derivatives. The construction of heterocyclic rings from a-hydroxymethyleneketones by reactions with hydrazine, N-methylhydrazine,
hydroxylamine or formamidine to give pyrazoles, N-methylpyrazoles, oxazoles or pyrimidines respectively, is a standard literature procedure. See Vilsmeier formylation - Tetrahedron. 49, 4015-4034 (1993) and references therein and ring formations - J. Heterocyclic Chem., 29, 1214 (1992) and references therein.
Substituted and unsubstituted
tetrahydrobenzazepin-2-ones are known compounds which are prepared by reaction of a-tetralones with sodium azide under acidic conditions. [J. Chem. Soc. 456
(1937); Tetrahedron 49. 1807 (1993)] (Schmidt reaction). Reduction of tetrahydro-1H-benzazepin-2-ones gives the tetrahydro-1H-benzazepines 48 which acylation gives compounds 49. Oxidation of N-acyl tetrahydro-1H-benzapines of type 49 to give the 5-one derivatives is a known oxiaative procedure; R. L. Augustine and W. G. Pierson, J . Org. Chem., 34, 1070 (1969).
The synthesis of 3,4-dihydro-1H-1-benzazepine-2,5-diones (52:R15=H) has been reported as well as the conversion of 3,4-dihydro-1H-1-benzazepine-2, 5-diones to 4-[(dimethylamino)methylene]-3,4-dihydro-1H-1-benzazepine-2,5-diones with N, N-dimethylformamide, dimethylacetal : [W. -Y. Chen and N. W. Gilman, J.
Heterocyclic Chem., 20, 663 (1983)]. The preceding reference describes the synthesis of 2-methyl-5,7-dihydropyrimido[5,4-d][1]benzazepin-6(6H)-ones which may be reduced to remove the lactam carbonyl group to give tricyclic derivatives of structural type 54 wherein Z is a pyrimidine ring.
The compounds wherein the aryl group in the R3 moiety -COAr is
are prepared as shown in Scheme 11. The tircyclic derivatives 3a and 3b are reacted with a substituted or unsubstituted 4-nitrobenzoyl chloride 55 to give the derivatives 56a and 56b. Reductions of the nitro group in derivatives 56a and 56b gives the 4-aminobenzoyl intermedites 57a and 57b which are then reacted with an acid chloride represented by formula 58 to give the products 59a and 59b.
The compounds wherein the aryl group in the R3 moiety -COAr is
are prepared by reactin of tricyclic azepines 3a and 3b with a substituted benzoyl chloride illustrated by structural formula 60 (Scheme 12) to give the products 61a and 61b. In a similar manner reaction of
heteroaroyl chlorides 62, 63, or 64 with the tricyclic azepines 3a and 3b gives the products 65a and 65b
wherein the aryl groups are as illustrated in Scheme 13.
Reference Example 1
6,11-Dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,e)azepine
A mixture of 48.52 g (0.20 mol) of 2-aminobenzophenone-2'-carboxylic acid and 500 ml ofxylene is refluxed for 67 hours, cooled to room temperature and filtered. The solid is washed with xylene to give 43.3 g (97.8%) of 5H-dibenz[b,e)azepine- 6,11-dione as light tan crystals, m.p. 245-248°C. To 4.46 g (0.020 mol) of the preceding compound in 25 ml of tetrahydrofuran is added 12 ml (0.12 mol) of a 10 molar solution of boron-dimethylsulfide in tetrahydrofuran. An additional 10 ml of tetrahydrofuran is added and the mixture is stirred overnight and then is refluxed
(solids dissolve) for 4 hours. The solution is cooled and 15 ml of methanol added dropwise. The mixture is concentrated under vacuum, 50 ml of 2H sodium hydroxide is added and the mixture refluxed for 2 hours. The solid is filtered, washed with water, air dried and extracted with dichloromethane. The extract is dried
(Na2SO4) and the solvent removed to give 3.25 g (83%) of crystals, m.p. 117-122°C.
Reference Example 2
2-Chloro-5H-dibenz[b,e]azepine-6,11-dione
Chlorine gas is bubbled into a mixture
(partial suspension) of 1.0 g (450 mmol) of 5H-dibenz[b,e]-azepine-6,11-dione in 50 ml of glacial acetic acid. The temperature of the mixture rises to 38°C. On standing, as the temperature of the solutions decreases, a white solid precipitates. The mixture is filtered to give 0.40 g of solid (mixture of starting material and product in ratio of 1:8). The filtrate on standing gives 0.10 g of product as crystals, m.p. 289-293°C.
Reference Example 3
10,11-Dihydro-N,N-dimethyldibenz[b,f][1,4]oxazepine-2- sulfonamide
To 5.88 g of 10,11-dihydro-N,N-dimethyl-11-oxodibenz [b, f] [1, 4] oxazepine-2-sulfonamide in 5 ml of tetrahydrofuran is added 20 ml of a molar solution of borane-dimethylsulfide in tetrahydrofuran. The mixture is stirred overnight and then refluxed for 2 hours. The mixture is chilled, diluted with 10 ml of methanol and then concentrated, methanol added again and the mixture concentrated. To the mixture is added 20 ml of 2N NaOH and the mixture refluxed for 2 hours. The mixture is extracted with dichloromethane, the extract dried
(MgSO4) and filtered. The filtrate is passed through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and the pad washed with dichloromethane. The filtrate is
concentrated to give 4.8 g of crystals, m.p. 99-102°C. Recrystallization from diisopropylether-dichloromethane gives 3.96 g of crystals, m.p. 109-110°C.
Mass Spectrum (FAB) 305 (M + H) .Anal.Calc'd. for
C15H16N2O3S:C,59.2; H,5.3; N,9.2; S,10.6.
Found: C,57.6; H,5.2; N,8.9; S,10.1.
Reference Example 4
2-Chloro-5,6-dihydrophenanthridine To a hot (70°C) solution of 2.62 g (17 mmol) of 6(5H)-phenanthridinone in 120 ml of acetic acid is added chlorine gas for 10 minutes. The solution is allowed to cool to room temperature and the mixture filtered. The crystals are filtered to give 1.35 g of crystals, m.p. 310-318°C.
To the preceding compound (1.57 g) in 25 ml of tetrahydrofuran is added 12 ml of a 10 molar solution of boron-dimethylsulfide in tetrahydrofuran. The mixture is refluxed for 18 hours, cooled and 15 ml of methanol is added. The mixture is concentrated under vacuum and 50 ml of 2 N sodium hydroxide added. The mixture is refluxed for 2 hours and the solid filtered off and washed with water and air dried to give the product as a solid.
Reference Example 5
9-Chloro-5H-dibenz[b,e]azepin-6,11-dione
A mixture of 11.15 g of 5H-dibenz[b,e]azepin-6,11-dione and 600 ml of glacial acetic acid is heated on a steam bath until the solid dissolves. To the solution (70°C) is added chlorine gas. Chlorine is bubbled throughout the solution until a precipitate begins to form. The mixture is allowed to cool to room temperature and is filtered to give 7.3 g of product, m.p. 290°C to 295°C.
Reference Example 6
9-Chloro-6,11-dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,e]azepine
To a mixture of 7.28 g 9-chloro-5H-dibenz-[b,e]azepin-6,11-dione in 25 ml of tetrahydrofuran under argon is added 8.5 ml of 10 molar boron-dimethylsulfide in tetrahydrofuran. The mixture is stirred 18 hours at room temperature, 30 ml of tetrahydrofuran added and the mixture refluxed for 3 hours (solids dissolved). The solution is cooled to room temperature and 25 ml of methanol added dropwise. The volatiles are removed under vacuum. To the residue is added 100 ml of 2 N NaOH. The mixture is refluxed overnight and filtered. The solid is extracted with dichloromethane and the extract is washed with 2 N citric acid, water and dried (Na2SO4). The solvent is removed to give 4.2 g of solid which is triturated with ethyl acetate-hexane (1:2) to give crystals, m.p. 137°C to 141°C.
Reference Example 7
To a mixture of 3.3 g of 10,11-dihydro-11-oxodibenz[b, f][1, 4]thiazepine in 25 ml of
tetrahydrofuran is added 4.0 ml of 10 molar borane-dimethylsulfide in tetrahydrofuran. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours, 50 ml of anhydrous methanol added and the solvent removed. An additional 30 ml of methanol is added and the solvent removed to give white crystals. A sample is purified by chromatography on silica gel with hexane-chloroform-ethyl acetate (2:1:1) as solvent to give white crystals, m.p. 145-148°C.
The following compounds are prepared as described in Reference Example 7.
The following compounds are prepared as described in Reference Example 3.
A solution of 13.32 g (0.05 mol) of 2-iodophenylacetic acid in 75 ml thionyl chloride is refluxed for 2 hours, and the volatiles removed under vacuum. Toluene is added (3 times) and the solvent removed under vacuum after each addition to give 2-iodophenylacetyl chloride as a gum. To the preceding compound (0.05 mol) in a mixture of 100 ml of toluene-dichloromethane (1:1) is added 11 g (0.05 mol) of 2-iodoaniline and (0.10 mol) of diisopropylethylamine. The mixture is stirred at room temperature overnight and the solvent removed. The residue is dissolved in dichloromethane and the solution washed with 1N HCI, saturated sodium bicarbonate, brine and dried (Na2SO4). The solvent is removed and the residue recrystallized from methanol-ether to give 16.0 g of light brown crystals, m.p. 160°-163°C.
Reference Example 31
2-Iodo-N-(2-iodophenyl)benzeneethanamine To a suspension of 1.39 g (3 mmol) of 2-iodo- N-(2-iodophenyl)benzeneacetamide in 30 ml of
tetrahydrofuran-dichloromethane (1:1) is added 3.75 ml of 2.0 molar borane-dimethylsulfide in tetrahydrofuran. The solution is stirred 1 hour at room temperature and then relfuxed for 16 hours. The mixture is cooled and water slowly added dropwise until gas evolution ceases. The volatile are removed under vacuum and the aqueous residue made alkaline with 2N sodium hydroxide. The mixture is extracted with ether (50 ml) and the extract is washed with brine and dried (Na2SO4). The solution is filtered through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and the filter pad is washed with ether and the filtrate evaporated. The residual solid is washed with isooctane to give 1.20 g of white solid.
Recrystallization from diethylether/hexane gives white crystals.
Reference Example 32
N-(4-N-trobenzoyl-N-(2-iodophenyl)-2- iodobenzeneethylamine
To a solution of 0.90 g of 2-iodo-N-(2-iodophenyl)benzeneethanamine in 4 ml of tetrahydrofuran is added 0.41 g of triethylamine, and 0.57 g of 4-nitrobenzoyl chloride. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residue is dissolved in ethyl acetatedichloromethane (5:1) and the solution washed with 1N HCI, saturated NaHCO3, brine and dried (Na2SO4). The solution is filtered through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate. The filtrate is evaporated and the residual solid triturated with diethyl ether and hexane to give 1.10 g of product as a white solid.
Reference Example 33
3 ,4-Dihydro-1H-1-benzazepine-2,5-dione To a solution of 225 ml of glacial acid and 8.5 ml of concentrated sulfuric acid is added 49.54 g (0.30 mol) of 2'-nitroacetophenone and 47.02 g
(0.50 mol) of glyoxylic acid (hydrated). The mixture is heated at 100°C for 16 hours. The mixture is cooled and poured over crushed ice. After the ice melts, the mixture is filtered and the solid washed with cold water. The solid is dried and recrystallized from dichloromethane-hexane to give 20.1 g of 3-(2-nitrobenzoyl)acrylic acid as white crystals, m.p. 153-158°C. A solution of the proceeding compound (9.0 g) in 80 ml of ethanol and 1.6 g of palladium-on-carbon is hydrogenated in a Parr hydrogenator under 30 pounds per square inch of hydrogen for 20 hours. The mixture is filtered through diatomaceous earth and the solvent is removed. The residue (7.0 g) is chromatographed on silica gel with hexane-ethyl acetate (1:1) as solvent to give 4.0 g of 3-(2-aminobenzoyl)propionic acid as an orange solid, m.p. 103°-107°C. A 0.50 g sample of the preceding compound, 0.36 ml of triethylamine and 0.43 ml of diethoxyphosphinyl cyanide in 20 ml of
dichloromethane is stirred at room temperature for 5 days. The solvent is removed, ethyl acetate is added and the mixture washed with water, 2 M citric acid, 1M NaHCO3, brine and dried (Na2SO4). The solvent is removed and the residue purified by chromatography over silica gel with ethyl acetate-hexane (1:1) as solvent to give 0.190 g of light brown crystals, m.p. 168°-170°C. Reference Example 34
4-[(Dimethylamino)methylene1-3,4-rdihydro-1H-1- benzazepine-2,5-dione
A mixture of 0.250 g (1.43 mmol) of 3,4-dihydro-1H-1-benzazepine-2,5-dione and 5.5 ml (4.93 g, 41.5 mmol) of N,N-dimethylformamide, dimethylacetal is heated at 90°C for 1.5 hour. The mixture is cooled, diluted with diethyl ether and filtered. The solid is washed well with diethyl ether and dried to give 0.26 g of tan crystals, m.p. 203°-205°C.
Reference Example 35
2-Methyl-6,7-dihydro-5H-Pyrimido[5,4-d][1]benzazepine
To a solution of 0.308 g (3.26 mmol) of acetamidine hydrochloride in 15 ml of methanol under argon is added 0.176 g of (3.26 mmol) of sodium
methoxide and the mixture stirred for 5 minutes. To the mixture is added 0.50 g (2.17 mmol) of 4-[(dimethylamino)methylene]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-1-benzazepine-2,5-dione and the mixture stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture (containing thick precipitate) is diluted with 3 ml of methanol, chilled and filtered. The filtrate is concentrated to dryness. The residue and original solid are combined and
chloroform added. The mixture is washed with water, the organic layer is treated with activated carbon and then filtered through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate. The filtrate is evaporated to give 0.41 g of crystals, m.p. 257°-258°C.
The preceding compound is heated with 5 equivalents of lithium hydride in dioxane for 24 hours to give the product as a solid.
Reference Example 36
5,6-Dihydropyrido[2,3-b][1,4]benzothiazepine
To a suspension of 11.67 g of 2-thiobenzoic acid in a mixture of 32 ml of ethanol and 11 ml
is added portion wise 12.72 g of solid sodium bicarbonate. After the complete addition, the mixture is stirred for 15 minutes and 10.0 g of 2-chloro-3-nitropyridine added portionwise. The mixture is
refluxed for 2 hours, cooled and then concentrated in vacuo. The residual aqueous solution is diluted with 15 ml of water, acidified with 2N HCI and extracted twice with 250 mi of ethyl acetate. The extract is concentrated under vacuum to give a yellow solid
residue. The residue is dissolved in a minimum of ethyl acetate by heating on a steam bath. The solution is cooled overnight and filtered to give 2.5 g of starting material. The filtrate is concentrated, chilled and filtered to give 12.5 g of 2-(3-nitro-2-pyridinylthio)benzole acid as a yellow solid. The preceding compound (5.0 g) and 0.75 g of Pd/C in 60 ml of ethanol is shaken in a Parr hydrogenator under 45 psi of hydrogen for 18 hours. The mixture is filtered through diatomaceous earth and the filter cake washed with 200 ml of dichloromethane. The combined filtrate is evaporated in vacuo to give a solid. The solid is triturated with ethanol and filtered to give 3.6 g of yellow solid. This solid (3.0 g) is again hydrogenated with Pd/C (0.50 g) in 50 ml of ethanol and 30 ml of acetic acid under 45 psi of hydrogen for 18 hours. The mixture is filtered through diatomaceous earth and the filter cake washed with methanol. The combined filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to give 1.6 g of solid. This solid in 25 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide is again reduced with 0.80 g of Pd/C under 45 psi of hydrogen to give 0.57 g of solid. Recrystallization from ethyl acetate gives 0.28 g of 2-(3-amino-2-pyridinylthio) benzoic acid. The preceding compound (0.20 g) is heated in 2-hyaroxypyridine at 170°C to give 5,6-dihyaropyrido[2,3-b][1,4]benzothiazepine as a yellow solid. The preceding compound is reacted with borane-dimethylsulfide as described for Reference Example 3 to give the product as a solid.
Reference Example 37
2-Nitro-2'-carboxy-diohenylamine A stirred solid mixture of 13.7 g of anthranilic acid, 20.2 g of o-bromonitrobenzene, 13.8 g of anhydrous potassium carbonate and 0.1 g of copper metal is heated at 200°C in an oil bath. The reaction mixture is heated for 2 hours, cooled and the solid washed with ether (3 X 100 ml). The solid is dissolved in hot water and filtered. The filtrate is acidified with 40 ml of HCI and the resulting solid is collected and dried to give 20.5 g of the desired product as a solid, m.p. 262-265°C.
Reference Example 38
2-Amino-2'-carboxy-diphenylamine A solution of 7.3 g of 2-nitro-2'-carboxy-diphenylamine in 50 ml of methanol containing 10% palladium-on-carbon is hydrogenated under 42 pounds of pressure for 24 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through diatomaceous earth. The filtrate is evaporated to dryness in vacuo to give 6.6 g of the desired product as a solid, m.p. 72-75°C.
Reference Example 39
5,11-Dihydro-10H-dibenz[b,e][1,4]diazeoine-11-one
A mixture of 6.6 g of 2-amino-2'-carboxydiphenylamine in 300 ml of xylene is heated at reflux fcr 20 hours. The xylene is evaporated in vacuo to a residue which is evaporated from 210 ml of toluene in vacuo to a residue which is evaporated from 50 ml of chloroform to give a residue. The residue is dissolved in 10 ml of tetrahydrofuran and added to 400 ml of ice-cold hexane. The resulting solid is collected, to give 4.3 g of the desired product as a solid, m.p. 121-123°C. Reference Example 40
5,11-Dihydro-10H-dibenz[b,e][1,4]diazeoine To a stirred solution of 4.3 g of 5,11-dihydro-10H-dibenz[b,e][1,4]diazepin-11-one in 50 ml of tetrahydrofuran, under nitrogen and cooled to 0°C is added 4.0 ml of a 10 molar solution of dimethyl sulfideborane complex in tetrahydrofuran. The ice bath is removed after 30 minutes and the reaction mixture stirred at room for 18 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled in an ice bath and 30 ml of anhydrous methanol added dropwise and evaporated to dryness in vacuo.
Another 30 ml of methanol is added and evaporated to a residue. The residue is quenched with 30 ml of 40% sodium hydroxide followed by heating at 110°C for 45 minutes and cooling to room temperature. The reaction mixture is diluted with 200 ml of water and extracted with methylene chloride (3 × 100ml). The combined extracts are washed with 1N HCI, water and 0.5 N NaOH. The organic layer is dried and evaporated in vacuo to give 3.2 g of the desired product, m.p. 114-116°C.
Reference Example 41
5H-Dibenz[b,e]azepine-6,11-dione A mixture of 2.50 g of 2-aminobenzophenone-2'-carboxylic acid in 50 ml of xylene is stirred at reflux for 23 hours. The mixture is filtered to give 1.82 g of the desired product as a solid.
Reference Example 42
2-Chloro-5H-dibenz[b,e]azepine-6,11-dione
A mixture of 1.0 g of 5H-dibenz[b,e]azepine-6,11-dione in 50 ml of acetic acid is stirred while chlorine is bubbled into the reaction mixture until saturated. The temperature increases to 38°C. After standing, a precipitate forms and is filtered, washed with hexane and air dried to give 0.62 g of solid which is purified by chromatography to give the desired product as a solid, m.p. 289°-293°C. Reference Example 43
2-Chloro-6,11-Dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,e]azepine
To a mixture of 7.28 g of 2-chloro-5H-dibenz[b,e]azepine-6,11-dione in 25 ml of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran, under argon, is added dropwise 8.5 ml of (10 M) boron-dimethyl sulfide in tetrahydrofuran. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction mixture is heated at reflux for 3 hours and cooled to room temperature. While stirring, 25 ml of methyl alcohol is carefully added, followed by 100 ml of 2 N NaOH. The reaction mixture is heated at reflux for 24 hours and the solid collected. The solid is dissolved in methylene chloride and washed with 2 N citric acid, water and dried (Na2SO4). The volatiles are evaporated in vacuo to give 4.16 g of a residue which is crystallized from ethyl acetate-hexane to give 2.05 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 137-141°C.
Reference Example 44
2-( 7-(Tributylstannyl)-3-thienyl]-1,3-dioxolane
To a stirred solution of 15.6 g (0.10 mol) of 2-(3-thienyl)-1,3-dioxolane in 100 ml of anhydrous ether, n-butyl-lithium (1.48N, in hexane, 74.3 ml) is added dropwise under nitrogen at room temperature. After being refluxed for 15 minutes, the reaction mixture is cooled to -78°C and tri-n-butyltin chloride (34.18 g, 0.105 mol) in 100 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran is added dropwise. After the addition is complete, the mixture is warmed to room temperature and the solvent
evaporated. To the oily residue 100 ml of hexane is added, and the resulting precipitate (LiCl) is filtered off. The filtrate is evaporated and the residue distilled at reduced pressure, given 34.16 g (77%) of the desired product. Reference Example 45
2-[2-[(2-Nitrophenyl)methyl]-3-thienyl]-1,3-dioxolane
A mixture of 2-[2-(tributylstannyl)-3- thienyl]-1,3-dioxolane (8.8 gms, 20 mmols), 2-nitrobenzyl bromide (4.5 gms, 22 mmol) and tetrakis (triphenylphosphine)-palladium (0) (200 mg) is refluxed in degassed toluene for 16 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. At the end, the reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and filtered through diatomaceous earth. The toluene is removed by concentrating at reduced pressure and the product isolated by silica gel column chromatography by elution with 30% ethyl acetate: hexane to give 4.5 gms of the desired product as viscous liquid. Mass Spectrum; M+292
Reference Example 46
4 ,10-Dihydro-5H-thieno[3,2-c][1]benzazepine
A stirred solution of 4 gms of 2-[2-[(2-nitrophenyl)methyl]-3-thienyl]-1,3-dioxolane in acetone (50 ml) and acetic acid (90% 50 ml) is heated to 60°C. Zinc dust (10 gms) is slowly added and after the
addition, reaction mixture is stirred for 6 hours. At the end, reaction mixture is filtered and the residue washed with acetone and concentrated. The brown residue is extracted with chloroform and washed well with water. The organic layer is dried (Na2SO4) and filtered and concentrated. The product is isolated by silica gel column chromatography by eluting with 20% ethyl acetate: hexane to give 2.0 g of the desired product as a pale yellow crystalline solid, m.p. 86°C. Mass Spectrum;
M+202.
Reference Example 47
4,5-Dihydr o-4,4-dimethyl-2-[3-[(2-nitrophenyl)methyl]-2- thienyl]oxazole
To a solution of 4 ,5-dihydro-4,4-dimethyl-2- (2-thienyl)-oxazole (4.5 gms 25 mmol) in anhydrous ether at -70°C, n-butyl-lithium (2.5 molar solution in hexane, 11 ml) is added drop by drop under N2 atmosphere. The reaction mixture is stirred at -78°C for 45 minutes and tri-n-butyltin chloride (8.3 gms 25 mmol) in dry ether is added drop by drop. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 1 hour and quenched with water. The reaction mixture is extracted with ether, washed well with water, dried and concentrated. The product obtained is pure enough for further transformation. The oil product, 4,5-dihydro-4,4-dimethyl-2-[3- (tributylstannyl)-2-thienyl]-oxazole is mixed with 2-nitrobenzyl bromide (5.5 g 25 mmol) in toluene and refluxed in the presence of tetrakis
(triphenylphoshine)-palladium (0) 200 mg) fcr 16 hours. At the end reaction mixture is cooled to room
temperature and filtered. Toluene is removed under reduced pressure and the product is isolated as brown oil by silica gel column chromatography by eluting it with 30% ethyl acetate : hexane to give 5.7 g of the desired product. Mass Spectrum; M+316.
Reference Example 48
9,10-Dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c][1]benzazepin-10-one
A solution of 4,5-dihydro-4,4-dimethyl-2-[3-[(2-nitrophenyl)methyl]-2-thienyl]oxazole 5 gms is refluxed in acetone/water (3:1 100 ml) containing 1 N HCI (30 ml) for 24 hours. The reaction mixture is concentrated and the residue is dissolved in glacial acetic acid (100 ml). The acetic acid is stirred at 70°C and zinc dust (10 gm) is slowly added. Stirring is continued at 70°C for 6 hours. At the end, the reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and filtered.
Acetic acid is removed under reduced pressure and the residue is extracted with chloroform. The chloroform layer is dried and concentrated to give 2.9 gms of the desired product as a brown solid.
Mass Spectrum: M+215. Reference Example 49
9,10-Dihydro-4H-thieno[2,3-c][1]benzazepine
A stirred solution of 2.0 g of 9,10-dihydro-4H-thieno[2,3-c][1]benzazepin-10-one and lithium
aluminum hydride (500 mg) in tetrahydrofuran is refluxed for 4 hours. At the end, reaction mixture is carefully quenched with ice cold water and extracted with
chloroform. The organic layer is washed well with water and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and
concentrated. The product is purified by silica gel column chromatography by eiuting it with 30% ethyl acetate : hexane to give 1.2 g of the desired product as a bright yellow solid. Mass Spectrum M+202.
Reference Example 50
2-Methylfurane-3-carbonyl chloride
A mixture of 4.0 g of methyl-2-methylfurane-3-carboxylate, 30 ml of 2 N NaOH and 15 ml methanol is refluxed for 1.5 hours. The solvent is removed under vacuum to give a solid. The solid is extracted with dichloromethane (discarded). The solid is dissolved in water and the solution acidified with 2 N citric acid to give a solid. The solid is washed with water and dried to give crystals 1.05 g of crystals of 2-methylfuran-3-carboxylic acid. The preceding compound (0.95 g) and 3 ml of thionyi chloride is refluxed fcr 1 hour. The solvent is removed, toluene added (20 ml, three times) and the solvent removed to give the product as an oil.
Reference Example 51
2-[2-(Tributylstannyl)-3-thienyl]-1,3-dioxolane
To a stirred solution of 15.6 g (0.10 mol) of
2-(3-thienyl)-1,3-dioxolane in 100 ml of anhydrous ether, n-butyl-lithium (1.48 N, in hexane, 74.3 ml) is added dropwise under nitrogen at room temperature.
After being refluxed for 15 minutes, the reaction mixture is cooled to -78°C and tri-n-butyltin chloride
(34.18 g, 0.105 mol) in 100 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran is added dropwise. After the addition is complete, the mixture is warmed to room temperature and the solvent evaporated. To the oily residue 100 ml of hexane is added, and the resulting precipitate (LiCl) is filtered off. The filtrate is evaporated and the residue distilled at reduced pressure, giving 34.16 g (77%) of the desired product.
Reference Example 52
Methyl 6-aminopyridine-3-carboxylate Dry methanol (400 ml) is cooled in an ice bath and HCI gas is bubbled into the mixture for 25 minutes. To the MeOH-HCl is added 30 g of 6-aminopyridine-3-carboxylic acid and then the mixture is stirred and heated at 90°C for 2 hours (all the solid dissolved). The solvent is removed under vacuum and the residual solid dissolved in 100 ml of water. The acidic solution is neutralized with saturated sodium bicarbonate (solid separated) and the mixture chilled and filtered to give 30 g of white crystals, m.p. 150°-154°C.
Reference Example 53
6-[(5-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid
To a mixture of 4.5 g of methyl 6-amino-pyridine-3-carboxylate and 5.53 ml of triethylamine in 40 ml of dichloromethane (cooled in an ice bath) is added 6.38 g of 5-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl chloride in 10 ml of dichloromethane. The mixture is stirred at room temperature under argon for 18 hours and an additional 3.4 g of 5-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl chloride added. After stirring at room temperature fcr 3 hours, the mixture is filtered to give 3.0 g of methyl 6-[[bis(5-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl)]amino]pyridine-3-carboxylate. The filtrate is concentrated to dryness and the residue triturated with hexane and ethyl acetate to give an additional 9.0 g of bis acylated compound. A mixture of 12.0 g of methyl 6-[[bis(5-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl)]amino]pyridine-3-carboxylate, 60 ml of methanol-tetrahydrofuran (1:1) and 23 ml of 5 N NaOH is stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The mixture is concentrated under vacuum, diluted with 25 ml of water, cooled and acidified with 1 N HCI. The mixture is filtered and the solid washed with water to give 6.3 g of the product as a white solid.
As described for Reference Example 53, but substituting the appropriate aroyl chloride, heteroaroyl chloride, cycloalkanoyl chlorides, phenylacetyl
chlorides and related appropriate acid chlorides, the following 6-[(aroylamino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acids, 6- [(hetero-aroyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acids and related 6-[(acylateα)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acids are prepared.
Reference Example 100
6-[(5-Fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl)aminolpyridine-3-carbonyl chloride
A mixture of 6.2 g of 6-[(5-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid and 23 ml of thionyl chloride is refluxed for 1 hour. An additional 12 ml of thionyl chloride is added and the mixture refluxed for 0.5 hour. The mixture is concentrated to dryness under vacuum and 30 ml of toluene added to the residue. The toluene is removed under vacuum and the process (add toluene and remove) is repeated to give 7.7 g of crude product as a solid.
As described for Reference Example 100, the following 6-(acyl)amino)pyridine-3-carbonyl chlorides are prepared.
As described for Reference Example 53, the following bis acylated products (Table A) are prepared and purified by silica gel chromatography. These compounds are then hydrolysed to the acids (Table B) as described in Reference Example 53.
Reference Example 172
6-Amino-5-bromopyridine-3-carboxylic acid
To a stirred solution of 6-aminonicotinic acid (13.8 g, 0.1 mole) in glacial acetic acid (100 ml), bromine (16 g, 5 ml, 0.1 mole) in acetic acid (20 ml) is added slowly. The reaction mixture is stirred for 8 hours at room temperature and the acetic acid is removed under reduced pressure. The yellow solid residue is dissolved in water and carefully neutralized with 30% NH4OH. The separated solid is filtered and washed with water to give 18 g of solid; mass spectrum: 218 (M+).
Reference Example 173
Methyl 6-amino-5-bromopyridine-3-carboxylate
6-Amino-5-bromopyridine-3-carboxylic acid (10 g, 50 mmol) is dissolved in saturated methanolic HCI (100 ml) and refluxed for 24 hours. The solvent, methanol, is re-moved under reduced pressure and the residue is dis-solved in ice cold water. The aqueous solution is neutralized with 0.1 N NaOH and the solid which separates is filtered; washed well with water and air dried to yield 10 g of product as a solid: mass spectrum 231 (M+).
Reference Example 174
6-[(2-Methylbenzeneacetyl)aminolpyridine-3-carboxylic acid
To a cooled (0°C) mixture of 5.0 g methyl 6-aminopyridine-3-carboxylate, 12.6 ml of N,N-diisopropyl-ethylamine in 40 ml of dichloromethane is added a solution of 12.2 g of 2-methylbenzeneacetyl chloride in 10 ml of dichloromethane. The mixture is stirred under argon at room temperature overnight. The mixture is diluted with 200 ml of dichloromethane and 50 ml of water and the organic layer separated. The organic layer is washed with 50 ml each of 1 M NaHCO3, brine and dried (Na2SO4). The solution is filtered through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and the filtrate concentrated to dryness. The residue (9.0 g) is chromatographed on a silica gel column with hexane-ethyl acetate (3:1) as eluent to give 8.6 g of solid. This solid, mainly methyl 6-[[bis(2-methylbenzeneacetyl)]amino]pyridine-3-carboxylate, is dissolved in 60 ml of tetrahydrofuran-methanol (1:1) and 23 ml of 5 N NaOH added to the solution. The mixture is stirred at room temperature overnight and the mixture concentrated under vacuum. Water (25 ml) is added and the mixture is stirred and acidified with cold 1 N HCI. The mixture is chilled and the solid filtered and washed with water to give 5.9 g of off-white solid.
Reference Example 175
6-[(2-Methylbenzeneacetyl)aminolpyridine-3-carbonyl chloride
A mixture of 4.5 g of 6-[(2-methylbenzeneacetyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid and 25 ml of thionyl chloride is refluxed for 1 hour and then con centrated to dryness under vacuum. To the residue is added 20 ml of toluene and the solvent removed under vacuum. The addition and removal of toluene is repeated and the residual solid dried at room temperature under vacuum to give 5.3 g of dark brown solid.
Reference Example 176
[1,1'-Biphenyl]-2-Biphenylcarbonyl chloride A mixture of 5.6 g of [1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxylic acid and 29 ml of thionyl chloride is heated on a steam bath for 0.5 hour and the volatiles removed under vacuum. Toluene (40 ml) is added (twice) and the solvent removed under vacuum to give 6.8 g of a yellow oil.
Reference Example 177
Methyl 6-[[bis([1,1'-biphenyl]-2- yl-carbonyl)]amino]pyridine-3-carboxylate To a chilled (0°C) solution of 2.64 g of methyl 6-aminopyridine-3-carboxylate and 5.5 ml of
diisopropylethylamine in 30 ml of dichloromethane under argon is added 6.8 g of [1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl chloride in 10 ml of dichloromethane. The mixture is stirred at room temperature 2 days and then diluted with 120 ml of dichloromethane and 50 ml of water. The organic layer is separated, washed with 50 ml each of 1 M NaHCO3 and brine and dried (Na2SO4). The solution is filtered through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum to give a solid. Crystallization from ethyl acetate gives 6.2 g of white crystals, m.p. 180-188°C.
Reference Example 178
6- [ ( [ 1 , 1'-biphenyl]-2-ylcarbonyl)amino]pyridine-3- carboxylic acid
To a chilled (0°C) mixture of 6.0 g of methyl 6-[[bis[(1,1'-biphenyl]-2-yicarbonyl)]amino]pyridine-3-carboxylate in 40 ml of methanol and 30 ml of
tetrahydrofuran is added slowly 18 ml of 2 N NaOH. The mixture is stirred at room temperature overnight and brought to pH 5 with glacial acetic acid. The mixture is concentrated, acidified to pH 2-3 with 1 N HCI and extracted with 250 ml of ethyl acetate. The extract is washed with 50 ml of brine, dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent removed under vacuum. The residual white solid is triturated with 15 ml of ethyl acetate to give 3.35 g of white crystals, m.p. 215-217°C.
Reference Example 179
6-[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-ylcarbonyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride
A mixture of 1.9 g of 6-[([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-ylcarbonyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid and 9 ml of thionyl chloride is refluxed for 1 hour and then concentrated to dryness under vacuum. Toluene (15 ml) is added (twice) to the residue and the solvent removed under vacuum to give 2.1 g of a light brown oil.
Reference Example 180
6-[(Cyclohexylcarbonyl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid
To a chilled (0°C) solution of 5.0 g of methyl
6-aminopyridine-3-carboxylate and 12.6 ml of diiso-propylethylamine in 50 ml of dichloromethane under argon is added a solution of 9.7 ml of cyclohexylcarbonyl chloride in 10 ml of dichloromethane. The mixture is stirred at room temperature overnight and diluted with 200 ml of dichloromethane and 60 ml of water. The organic layer is separated, washed with 60 ml of brine and dried (Na2SO4). The solution is filtered through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum to give 12.8 g of a solid.
The above solid (12.0 g) in a mixture of 150 ml of tetrahydrofuran-methanol (1:1) is chilled (0°C) and 62 ml of 2 N sodium hydroxide added. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, neutralized with 10 ml of glacial acetic acid and concentrated under vacuum. The mixture (containing solid) is acidified to pH 1 with 1 N HCI and extracted with 250 ml of ethyl acetate and twice with 100 ml of ethyl acetate. The combined extract is washed with 100 ml of brine, dried (Na2S04) and concentrated to a white solid. Trituration with hexane gives 6.5 g of product as a white solid.
Reference Example 181
Methyl-2-[(4-ethoxy-oxobutyl)amino]benzoate
A mixture of 19.2 g of methyl 2-aminobenzoate and 9.6 g of ethyl g-bromobutyrate is heated at 80-85°C for 24 hours, cooled to room temperature and filtered. The solid is washed with CH2CI2 and the filtrate washed with 1NHCl, H2O, 1NNaHCO3 and brine. The solvent is removed to give an oil. The oil is distilled and the fraction boiling at 45-75°C and 130-160°C were collected and discarded. The residue is the product (55.4 g of oil)
Reference Example 182
Methyl 2-[N-(4-ethoxy-4-oxobutyl)-N-(2- methylphenylsulfonyl)amino)benzoate A mixture of 2.65 g of methyl 2-[(4-ethoxy-4-oxobutyl)amino]benzoate, 2.0 g of 2-methylphenylsulfonyl chloride and pyridine is heated on a steam bath for 16 hours. The mixture is concentrated under a vacuum (remove pyridine) and 1N HCI added. The mixture is extracted with dichloromethane and the extract washed with 1NHCl, H2O, 1 M NaHCO3, brine and dried (Na2SO4).
The solution is filtered through a thin pad of hydrons magnesium silicate and the filtrate evaporated to give 3.8 g of solid which is crystallized from ethanol to give crystals, m.p. 100-102°C.
Reference Example 183
Mothyl and Ethyl 1,2-Dihydro-5-hydroxy-1-[(4- methylphenyl)sulfonyl]-3H-1-benzazepine-4-carboxylate
To a mixture of 0.448 g of potassium tert-butoride in 2 ml of tetrahydrofuran; cooled to 0°C is added 0.838 g of methyl 2-[N-(4-ethoxy-4-oxobutyl)-N-(2- methylphenylsulfonyl)amino]benzoate in 12 ml of
tetrahydrofuran. The mixture is stirred at 0°C for 4 hours (under argon), poured into water and neutralized with 2N citric acid. The mixture is extracted with dichloromethane and the extract washed with H2O, brine and dried (Mg SO4). The extract is filtered through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and the filtrate concentrated to dryness to give 0.59 g of product (a mixture of methyl and ethyl esters).
Reference Example 184
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-[(2-methylphenyl)sulfonyl]-5H-1- benzazepin-5-one
A 30 g sample of a mixture of methyl and ethyl 1,2-dihydro-5-hydroxy-1-[(4-methylphenyl)sulfonyl]-3H-1-benzazepine-4-carboxylate in a mixture of 171 ml of concentrated hydrochloric acid and 171 ml of glacial acetic acid is refluxed 24 hours. An additional 170 ml of concentrated hydrochloric acid is added and the mixture refluxed for 24 hours. The mixture is
concentrated under vacuum to near dryness, diluted with water and the solution brought to pH 8 with saturated NaHCO3. The mixture is extracted with dichloromethane and the extracted washed with H2O, brine and dried
(Na2SO4). The solution is filtered through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and the filtrate
evaporated to give 12.0 g of a brown oil.
Reference Example 185
4-[(Dimethylamino)methylenel-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-[ (2- methylphenyl)sulfonyl]-5H-1-benzazepin-5-one
A mixture of 1.89 g of 1,2 ,3,4-tetrahydro-1- [(2-methylphenyl)sulfonyl]-5H-1-benzazepin-5-one and 2.47 ml of tert-butoxy-bis (dimethylamino) methane
(Bredericks reagent) in 10 ml of dichloromethane is heated under argon on a steam bath for 16 hours. The mixture is concentrated to dryness under vacuum and the residue dissolved in CH2Cl2. The solution is filtered through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and the pad washed with 5% ethyl acetate in CH2CI2. The filtrate is concentrated to dryness and the residue (1.96 g) crystallized from CH2Cl2-hexane to give 0.85 g of crystals, m.p. 180-185°C. A second crop of crystals (0.85 g) is recovered from the mother liquors and an additional 0.30 g is recovered from washing the pad of hydrous magnesium silicate with ethyl acetate.
Reference Example 18
1,4,5,6-tetranydro-6-[(2- methylphenyl)sulfonyl]pyrazolo[4,3-d][1]benzazepine
A mixture of 1.55 g of 4-[(dimethylamino)-methylene]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-[(2-methylphenyl)-sulfonyl]-5H-1-benzazepin-5-one, 0.25 ml of hydrazine and 60 ml of ethanol is refluxed on a steam bath under argon for 2 hours. After standing overnight at room temperature, the solvent is removed under vacuum. The residue is dissolved in CH2CI2 and the solution washed with water, brine and dried ((Na2SO4). The solution is filtered through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and the filtrate evaporated to give 1.4 g of crystals, m.p. 76-79°C.
On a larger scale reaction with 18.29 g of 4- [(dimethylamino)methylene]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-[(2-methylphenyl)sulfonyl]-5H-1-benzazepin-5-one the product in CH2CI2 is filtered through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and the filter pad washed with ethyl acetate. The filtrate is concentrated to give 16.5 g of product (one spot by thin layer chromatography (silica gel) with hexane-ethyl acetate (1:2).
Reference Example 187
1,4,5,6-Tetrabydropyrazolo-[4,3-d][1]benzazepine A mixture of 1.0 g of 1,4,5,6-tetrahydro-6- [(2-methylphenyl)sulfonyl]pyrazolo[4,3-d][1]benzazepine in 60 ml of 40% (V/v)H2SO4 in glacial acetic acid is heated at 60°C for 12 hours or until the tosyl group is removed. The mixture is poured into 100 ml ice and water with cooling. Solid NaOH is added portionwise (temperature kept below 30°C) with efficient stirring and the pH brought to 8. The mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate and the extract dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent removed to give a solid.
Reference Example 188
10,11-Dihydrobenz[b,f][1,4]oxazepine To a slurry of 7.35 g of lithium aluminum hydride 100 ml of tetrahydrofuran is added in portions 10.0 g of dibenz [b, f] [1, 4] oxazepin-10 (11H)-one. An additional 100 ml of tetrahydrofuran is added and the mixture is refluxed for 6 hours and then stirred at room temperature overnight. To the chilled mixture is added dropwise 7.5 ml of H2O, 7.5 ml of 15% NaOH and three
7.5 ml portions of H2O. The mixture is filtered and the filter cake washed with tetrahydrofuran and
dichloromethane. The filtrate is concentrated to dryness under vacuum to give 10.1 g of solid. The solid is dissolved in dichloromethane and the solution
filtered through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium
silicate. The filter cake is washed with
dichloromethane and the filtrate concentrated to dryness to give 8.9 g of solid. Crystallization from
dichloromethane-hexane gives 7.5 g crystals, m.p. 69-71ºC.
Reference Example 189
Pyrido[2,3-b][1,4]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-one A mixture of 21.4 g of phenyl salicylate, 25.71 g 3-amino-2-chloropyridine and 20 ml of 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene is refluxed for 1 hour under argon and the liberated phenol and HCI simultaneously distilled (from the refluxing mixture) and collected in a solution of 1N NaOH. The hot mixture is poured into 200 ml of ethanol and the precipitated solid collected by
filtration. The solid is washed with ethanol and dried. Recrystallization from methanol - DMF (6:1) gives 6.0 g of product, m.p. 268-270°C.
Reference Example 190
5,6-Dihydropyrido[2,3-b][1,4]benzoxazeoine A mixture of 2.8 g of pyrido[2,3-b][1,4] benzoxazepin-6(5H)-one, 10 ml of tetrahydrofuran and 3 ml of 10M borane-dimethylsulfide in tetrahydrofuran is stirred at room temperature overnight and then refluxed for 3 hours. To the mixture is added dropwise under argon, 5 mi of methanol. The solvent is removed under vacuum and methanol added. The solvent is removed under vacuum and 12 ml of 2 N NaOH added to the residue. The mixture is refluxed for 2 hours ana extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract is washed with 2H citric acid, H2O, brine and dried (Na2SO4). The solution is filtered through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and the filtrate concentrated to dryness under vacuum. The residue is chromatographed on a column (2" × 18") of silica gel (32° g) with hexane-ethyl acetate (1:1) as solvent to give 0.78 g of crystals, m.p. 172-174°C.
Reference Example 191
N-(2-Hydroxyphenyl)-2-chloro-3-pyridinecarboxamide
As described in J. Med. Chem., 37, 519 (1994), a solution of 1.09 g of 2-aminophencl in 15 ml of tetrahydrofuran is added dropwise to a mixture of 2.1 g of triethylamine and 2.33 g of 2-chloropyridine-3-carbonyl chloride hydrochloride in 10 ml of
tetrahydrofuran. The mixture is stirred at room
temperature for one hour under argon and then refluxed for one hour. The solvent is removed under vacuum and the residue triturated with water: The solid is
filtered off and washed with water to give 1.02 g of solid. Recrystallizaticn from 2-propanol gives crystals, m.p. 145-146°C. Reference Example 192
Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-5(6H)one A mixture of 13.0 g of N-(2-hydroxyphenyl)-2-chloro-3-pyridinecarboxamide and 2.82 g of sodium methoxide in 100 ml of N, N-dimethylformamide is refluxed under argon for 3 hours. Sodium methoxide (0.50 g) is added and the mixture refluxed 2 hours and then stirred at room temperature for 2 days. The solvent is removed under high vacuum and the red-brown residue triturated with cold methanol. The mixture is filtered and the solid washed with chilled methanol to give 5.0 g of white solid, m.p. 250-253°C.
Reference Example 193
5,6-Dihydropyrido[2.2-b][1,5]benzoxazepine To a stirred slurry of 0.886 g of lithium aluminum hydride in 20 ml of tetrahydrofuran is added 1.65 g of pyrido[2,3-b][1,5] benzoxazepin-5(6H)-one in portions. The mixture is diluted with 30 ml of tetrahydrofuran and refluxed under argon for 18 hours. To the mixture is added 1 ml of water, 1 ml of 15% NaOH and three one-ml portions of H2O and the mixture is filtered. The solid is extracted with dichloromethane and the solution passed through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate. The filtrate is concentrated to dryness to give crystals, m.p. 125-129°C.
Reference Example 194
9,10-Dihydro-4H-thieno[2,3-c][1]benzazepine
To a solution of 9.0 g at 4,5-dihydro-4,4-dimethyl-2-(2-thienyl)oxazole in 200 ml of
tetrahydrofuran, cooled to -78°C, is added 20 ml of a 2.5 molar solution of n-butyl lithium in hexane. The mixture is stirred -78°C for 15 minutes and at 0°C for 30 minutes. To the stirred solution is added 6.0 g of 2-methylbenzoxazepine-4-one. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 16 hours quenched with ice cold water and extracted with chloroform. The extract is concentrated to dryness and 100 ml of 40% H2SO4 is added. The mixture is refluxed for 4 hours, cooled to room temperature and filtered to give 9,10-dihydro-4,10-dioxo-4H-thieno [2,3-c][1]benzazepine. The solid is washed with water to give 2.5 g of crystals. The solid is dissolved in 100 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran and 1.0 g of lithium aluminum hydride added. The mixture is refluxed for 16 hours, chilled and ice cold water is added dropwise. The mixture after dilution with water is extracted with chloroform-methanol (3:1) and the extract dried (MgSO4). The solvent is removed and the residue chromatographed over silica gel with ethyl acetate-hexane (1:1) as solvent to give 1.8 g of solid; Mass spectrum (CI) 202 (M + H).
Reference Example 195
Methyl 4-[([1,1'-Biphenyl]-2-carhonyl)amino]-3- methoxybenzoate
A mixture of 10.0 g of [1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxylic acid in 75 ml of methylene chloride and 12.52 g of oxalyl chloride is stirred at room temperature for 15 hours. The volatiles are evaporated in vacuo to give 11.06 g of an oil. A 2.16 g portion of the above oil in 25 ml of methylene chloride is reacted with 1.81 g of methyl 4-amino-3-methoxybenzoate and 1.30 g of N,N-diisopropylethylamine by stirring at room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction mixture is washed with water, saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and the organic layer dried (Na2SO4). The organic layer is passed through hydrous magnesium silicate and hexane added to the filtrate at the boil to give 3.20 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 115-117°C. Reference Example 196
Methyl 4-[([1,1'-Biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]-2- chlorobenzoate
A solution of 2.37 g of [1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl chloride in 10 ml of methylene chloride is added dropwise to an ice cold solution of 1.84 g of methyl 4-amino-2-chlorobenzoate and 1.49 g of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 50 ml of methylene chloride. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and washed with water, saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and the organic layer dried (Na2SO4). The organic layer is passed through a pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and hexane added at the boil to give 1.1 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 132-134°C. M+H=365
Reference Example 197
4-[([1,1'-Biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]-2-chlorobenzoic
Acid
A mixture of 3.0 g of methyl 4-[([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]-2-chlorobenzoate in 75 ml of absolute ethanol and 2.0 ml of 10 N sodium hydroxide is heated on a steam bath for 3 hours. Water is added to obtain a solution which is extracted with methylene chloride. The aqueous phase is acidified with acetic acid and the resulting solid collected and dried in vacuo at 80°C to give 0.1 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 217-219°C
Reference Example 198
4-[([1,1'-Biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)-amino]-3-methoxybenzoyl
Chloride
A solution of 2.69 g of 4-[([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl]amino]-3-methoxy benzoic acid in 5 ml of thionyl chloride is heated on a steam bath for 1 hour under Argon. The volatiles are removed in vacuo to give a residue which is stirred with hexane to give 2.58 g of crystalline solid, m.p. 121-123°C. M+=361. Reference Example 199
Methyl 4-[([1,1'-Biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]benzoare
A mixture of 10.0 g of [1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxylic acid in 75 ml of methylene chloride and 12.52 g of oxalyl chloride is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The volatiles are evaporated in vacuo to give 11.66 g of an oil. A 7.5 g portion of the above oil in 25 ml of methylene chloride is added dropwise to a solution of 4.53 g of methyl-4-aminobenzoate and 4.3 g of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 100 ml of methylene chloride at 0°C. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and washed with water, and saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and the organic layer
dried (Na2SO4). The organic layer is passed through hydrous magnesium silicate and hexane added to the filtrate at the boil to give 8.38 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 163-165°C.
Reference Example 200
4-[([1,1'-Biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)aminol benzoin Acid
A 3.15 g sample of methyl 4-[([1,1'-biphenyl]- 2-carbonyl)amino]benzoate is refluxed for 8 hours in 100 ml of ethyl alcohol and 2.5 ml of 10N sodium hydroxide. The cooled reaction mixture is acidified with [[? acid]] and the desired product collected and dried to give 2.9 g of the desired product as a solid m.p. 246-249°C.
M+H=318.
Reference Example 201
4-[([1,1'-Biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]benzoyl Chloride
A mixture of 1.39 g of 4-[([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]benzoic acid in 2.0 ml of thionyl chloride is heated on a steam bath for 1 hour. Cold hexane is added and the crystalline solid collected and dried to give 1.34 g of the desired product, m.p. 118-120°C.
Reference Example 202
2-(Phenylmethyl)benzoyl Chloride A mixture of 5.0 g of 2-(phenylmethyl)benzoic acid in 5.0 ml of thionyl chloride is heated on a steam bath for 1 hour. The volatiles are evaporated in vacuo to give 5.74 g of the desired product as an oil. M+=227 as methyl ester.
Reference Example 203
Methyl 4-[[2-(Phenylmethyl)benzoyl]amino]benzoate
To 3.03 g of methyl 4-aminobenzoate and 3.12 g of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 75 ml of methylene chloride is added 5.54 g of 2-(phenylmethyl)benzoyl chloride and the reactants stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction mixture is washed with water, saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and the organic layer dried (Na2SO4). The organic layer is passed through hydrous magnesium silicate two times and hexane added to the filtrate at the boil to give 5.04 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 138-139°C.
Reference Example 204
Sodium 4-[[2-(Phenylmethyl)benzoyl]aminolbenzoate
A mixture of 4.90 g of methyl 4-[[2- (phenylmethyl)benzoyl]amino]benzoate in 100 ml of absolute ethanol and 3.50 ml of 10 N sodium hydroxide is heated on a steam bath for 3 hours. The aqueous phase is filtered and the resulting solid collected and dried to give 4.25 g of the desired product m.p. 340-346°C. Reference Example 205
4-[[2-(Phenylmethyl)benzoyl]amino]benzoin Acid
A mixture of 4.0 g sodium 4-[[2-(phenylmethyl)benzoyl]amino]benzoate is suspended in water and the pH adjusted to 5 with acetic acid. The solid is collected by filtration and dried at 80°C in vacuo to give 3.75 g of the desired product, 246-247°C. M+=332.
Reference Example 206
4-[[2-(Phenylmethyl)benzoyl]amino]benzoyl Chloride
A mixture of 2.0 g of 4-[[2- (phenylmethyl)benzoyl]amino]benzoio acid in 2.0 ml of thionyl chloride is heated on a steam bath for 1 hour. The volatiles are evaporated in vacuo to give 1.53 g of the desired product as an oil. M+=346 as methyl ester.
Reference Example 207
Methyl 4-[[(2-Phenylmethyl)benzoyl]amino]-2-chlorobenzoate
A mixture of 5.0 g of 2-(phenylmethyl)benzoic acid in 5.0 ml of thionyl chloride is heated on a steam bath for 1 hour. The volatiles are evaporated in vacuo to give 5.70 g of an oil. A 2.85 g portion of the above oil in 25 ml of methylene chloride is added to a solution of 50 ml of methylene chloride containing 1.85 g of methyl 4-amino-2-chlorobenzoate and 1.65 g of N,N-diisopropylethylamine by stirring at room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction mixture is washed with water, saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and the organic layer dried (Na2SO4). The organic layer is passed through hydrous magnesium silicate two times and hexane added to the filtrate at the boil to give 2.96 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 133-135°C. M+=380. Reference Example 208
Methyl 4-[[(2-Phenylmethyl)benzoyl]amino]-3- methoxybenzoate
A solution of 2.85 g of 2- (phenylmethyl)benzoyl chloride in 25 ml of methylene chloride is added dropwise to an ice cold solution of 1.84 g of methyl 4-amino-3-methoxybenzoate and 1.61 g of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 50 ml of methylene
chloride. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and washed with water,
saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and the organic layer
dried (Na2SO4). The organic layer is passed through a pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and hexane added at the boil to give 2.2 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 129-131°C. M+=376.
Reference Example 209
2-Chloro-4-[[(2-Phenylmethyl)benzoyl]amino]benzoic Acid
A mixture of 2.8 g of methyl 2-chloro-4-[[(2-phenylmethyl)benzoyl]aminobenzoate in 75 ml of absolute ethanol and 1.84 ml of 10 N sodium hydroxide is heated on a steam bath for 3 hours. Water is added to obtain a solution which is extracted with methylene chloride. The aqueous phase is acidified with acetic acid and the resulting solid collected and dried in vacuo at 80°C to give 2.6 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 184-187°C. M+H=366. Reference Example 210
3-Methoxy-4-[[(2-phenylmethyl)benzoyl]amino]benzoic Acid
A mixture of 2.05 g of methyl 4-[[(2-phenylmethyl)benzoyl]amino]-3-methoxybenzoate in 75 ml of absolute ethanol and 1.4 ml of 10 N sodium hydroxide is heated on a steam bath for 3 hours. Water is added to obtain a solution which is extracted with methylene chloride. The aqueous phase is acidified with acetic acid and the resulting solid collected and dried in vacuo at 80°C to give 1.87 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 176-178°C. M+H=362.
Reference Example 211
3-Methoxy-4-[[(2-phenylmethyl)benzoyl]amino]benzoyl
Chloride
A mixture of 1.71 g of 3-methoxy-4-[[(2-phenylmethyl)benzoyl]amino]benzoic acid in 2.0 ml of thionyl chloride is heated on a steam bath under Argon for 1 hour and hexane added. The resulting solid is collected and dried to give 1.71 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 130-135°C. M+=376 as the methyl ester.
Reference Example 212
[4'-(Trifluoromethyl)-1.1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl Chloride
A mixture of 5.0 g of 4'- (trifluoromethyl)[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxylic acid in 5.0 ml of thionyl chloride is heated on a steam bath under Argon for 1 hour and hexane added. The resulting solid is collected and dried to give 5.36 g of the desired product as a colorless oil. M+=280 as methyl ester.
Reference Example 213
Methyl 4-[([4'-(trifluoromethyl)[1,1'- biphenyl]carbonyl)amino]benzoate A solution of 3.13 g of [4'- (trifluoromethyl)[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl chloride in 25 ml of methylene chloride is added dropwise to an ice cold solution of 1.84 g of methyl 4-aminobenzoate and 1.43 g of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 50 ml of
methylene chloride. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature fcr 18 hours and washed with water, saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and the organic layer
dried (Na2SO4). The organic layer is passed through a pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and hexane added at the boil to give 3.36 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 164-165°C. M+=396.
Reference Example 214
3-Methoxy-4-[([4'-(trifluoromethyl)[1,1'-biphenyl]-2- carbonyl)amino]benzoyl Chloride A mixture of 2.0 g of 3-methoxy-4-[([4'- (trifluoromethyl)[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]benzoic acid in 20 ml of thionyl chloride is heated on a steam bath under Argon for 1 hour and hexane added. The resulting solid is collected and dried to give 1.92 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 136-138°C.
Reference Example 215
3-Methoxy-4-[([4'-trifluoromethyl) [1,1'-biphenyl]-2- carbonyl)aminolbenzoic Acid
A mixture of 3.78 g of methyl 3-methoxy-4-[([4'-trifluoromethyl)[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]benzoate in 75 ml of absolute ethanol and 2.20 ml of 10 N sodium hydroxide is heated on a steam bath for 3 hours. Water is added to obtain a solution which is extracted with methylene chloride. The aqueous phase is acidified with acetic acid and the resulting solid collected and dried in vacuo at 80°C to give 3.49 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 213-215°C.
Reference Example 716
Methyl 3-Methoxy-4-[([4'-trifluoromethyl)[1,1'- biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]benzoate A solution of 3.56 g of [4'- (trifluoromethyl)[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl chloride in 25 ml of methylene chloride is added dropwise to an ice cold solution of 1.81 g of methyl 4-amino-3-methoxybenzoate and 1.62 g of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 50 ml of methylene chloride. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and washed with water, saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and the organic layer dried (Na2SO4). The organic layer is passed through a pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and hexane added at the boil to give 3.9 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 112-113°C.
Reference Example 217
2-Chloro-4-[([ 4'-(trifluoromethyl) [1,1'-biphenyl]]-2- carbonyl)amino]benzoyl Chloride
A mixture of 1.39 g of 2-chloro-4-[([4'- (trifluoromethyl)[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]benzoic acid in 2.0 ml of thionyl chloride is heated on a steam bath for 1 hour. The reaction mixture is concentrated to a residue in vacuo to a residue. Cold hexane is added to the residue and the solid collected and dried to give 1.39 g of the desired product.
Reference Example 218
7-Chloro-4-[([4'-(trifluoromethyl) [1,1'-biphenyl]-2- carbonyl)amino]benzoic acid
A mixture of 3.83 g of methyl 2-chloro-4- [([4'-(trifluoromethyl)[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]benzoate in 75 ml of absolute ethanol and 2.20 ml of 10 N sodium hydroxide is heated on a steam bath for 3 hours. Water is added to obtain a solution which is extracted with methylene chloride. The aqueous phase is acidified with acetic acid and the resulting solid collected and dried in vacuo at 80°C to give 3.42 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 187-189°C. Reference Example 219
Methyl 2-Chloro-4-[([4'-(trifluoromethyl)[1,1'- biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)aminolbenzoate A solution of 3.56 g of [4'- (trifluoromethyl)[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl chloride in 10 ml of methylene chloride is added dropwise to an ice cold solution of 1.86 g of methyl 2-chloro-4-aminobenzoate and 1.6 g of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 50 ml of methylene chloride. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and washed with water, saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and the organic layer dried (Na2SO4). The organic layer is passed through a pad of hydrous magnesium silicate (3X) and hexane added to the filtrate at the boil to give 4.0 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 130-132°C.
Reference Example 220
4-[([4'-(Trifluoromethyl)[1,1'- biphenyl]carbonyl)aminolbenzoic Acid
A mixture of 3.0 g of methyl 4-[([4'- (trifluoromethyl)[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]benzoate in 75 ml of absolute ethanol and 2.0 ml of 10 N sodium hydroxide is heated on a steam bath for 3 hours. Water is added to obtain a solution which is extracted with methylene chloride. The aqueous phase is acidified with acetic acid and the resulting solid collected and dried in vacuo at 80°C to give 2.93 g of the desired product as a crystalline solid, m.p. 243-245°C. M+=385. Reference Example 221
Methyl 6-[[3-(2-MethylPyridinyl)carbonyl]aminolpyridine- 3-carboxylate
To a stirred solution of 3 g of methyl 6-aminopyridine-3-carboxylate and 4 ml of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 100 ml of methylene chloride is added dropwise a solution of 6.4 g of 2-methylpyridine-3-carbonyl chloride in 25 ml of methylene chloride. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and quenched with water. The organic layer is washed with water, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated in vacuo to a residue which is stirred with ether and the resulting solid collected and air dried to give 6.8 g of the desired product. M+=390.
Reference Example 222
6-[[ (2-methylPyridinyl)carbonyl]aminolpyridine-3- carboxylic Acid
To a solution of 6.5 g of methyl 6-[[3-(2-methylpyridinyl)carbonyl]amino]pyridine-3-carboxylate in 100 ml of 1:1 tetrahydrofuran :methyl alcohol is added 20 ml of 5N NaOH. The reaction mixture is stirred
overnight and evaporated in vacuo to a residue. The residue is dissolved in water and neutralized with acetic acid. The separated solid is filtered and air-dried to give 3.0 g of the desired product. M+=257.
Reference Example 223
Methyl 6-[([1,1'-Biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]-pyridine-3- carboxylate
To a solution of 1.5 g of methyl 6-aminopyridine-3-carboxylate in 100 ml of methylene chloride is added 3 ml of N,N-diisopropylethylamine at room temperature. To the stirred reaction mixture is slowly added a solution of 2.5 g of [1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl chloride. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 4 hours and then quenched with water. The organic layer is washed well with water and dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to a solid residue. The residue is stirred with ether, filtered and dried to give 3.0 g of the desired product :M+=332.
Reference Example 224
6-[([1,1'-Biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]pyridine-3- carboxylic Acid
To a stirred solution of 2.5 g of methyl 6- [([1,1'-Biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]-pyridine-3-carboxylate in 50 ml of 1:1 tetrahydrofuran:methanol is added 10 ml of 5N sodium hydroxide and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo to a residue which is dissolved in water and neutralized with acetic acid. The separated colorless solid is filtered and air dried to give 2.0 g of the desired product :M+=318.
Reference Example 225
Methyl 2-(2-Pyridinyl)benzoate
A mixture of 12 g of methyl 2- (iodomethyl)benzoate, 20 g of n-butyl stannane and 2 g of tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (O) are refluxed in degassed toluene for 48 hours. The reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo to a residue which is purified by column chromatography on silica gel by elution with 1:1 ethyl acetate: hexane to give 5.5 g of the desired product as an oil. M+=213. Reference Example 226
2-(2-Pyridinyl)benzoic Acid A mixture of 3.0 g of methyl 2-(2-pyridinyl)benzoate and 600 mg of sodium hydroxide in 50 ml of 9:1 methanol : water is refluxed for 4 hours. The reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo and the residue dissolved in 50 ml of cold water. The solution is neutralized with glacial acetic acid and the
resulting product filtered, washed with water, and dried to give 2.5 g of the desired product :M+1=200.
Example 1
N-[5-(Dibenz[b,f][1,4]oxazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)-2- pyridinyl]-5-fluoro-2-methylbenzamide To a stirred solution of 0.39 g of 10,11-dihydrodibenz[b,f][1,4]-oxazepine, 1.1 ml of triethyl-amine in 5 ml of dichloromethane is added 1.17 g of 6-[(5-flucro-2-methylbenzoyl)amino]-pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride. The mixture is stirred under argon at room temperature for 16 hours, and diluted with 50 ml of dichloromethane and 20 mi of water. The organic layer is separated, washed with 20 ml each of 1M NaHCO3, brine and dried (Na2SO4). The solution is filtered through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and the filtrate is concentrated to dryness under vacuum. The residue is chromatographed on silica gel with ethyl acetate-hexane (1:1) as solvent to give a solid. Crystallization from ethyl acetate gives 0.335 g of off-white crystals, m.p. 180-186°C.
Example 2
N-[5-[(9,10-Dihydro-4H-thieno[2,3-c][1]benzazepin-9- yl)carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]-5-fluoro-2-methylbenzanide
As described for Example 1, 9,10-dihydro-4-H-thieno[2,3-c][1]benzazepine in dichloromethane, in the presence of triethylamine is reacted with 6-[(5-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride to give the product as a non-crystalline yellow solid. Example 3
N-[5-[(4,10-Dihydro-5H-thieno[3,2-c][1]benzazepine-5- ylcarbonyl)-2-pyridinyl]-5-fluoro-2-methylbenzamide
As described for Example 1, a mixture of 4,10-dihydro-5H-thieno[3,2-c][1]benzazepine and triethylamine in dichloromethane is reacted with 6-[(5-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl)amine]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride to give the product as a solid.
Example 4
N-[5-(Pyrido[2,3-b]1,4]benzoxazepin-5(6H)-ylcarbonyl)-2- pyridinyl]-5-fluoro-2-methylbenzamide As described for Example 1, 5,6-dihydropyrido[2,3-b][1,4]benzoxazepine is reacted in
dichloromethane, in the presence of triethylamine, with 6-[(5-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride to give the product as white crystals, m.p. 187-189°C.
Example 5
N-[5-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 2-pyridinyl]-5-fluoro-2-methylbenzamide
As described for Example 1, 5,6-dihydro[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepine reacted with 6-[(5-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl)amino]dichloromethane in the presence of triethylamine to give the product as a non-crystalline solid.
Example 6
N-[5-[(6,11-Dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,e]azeoin-5-yl)carbonyl]- 2-pyridinyl]-5-fluoro-2-methylbenzamide As described for Example 1, 6,11-dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,e]azepine is reacted in dichloromethane in the presence of triethylamine, with 6-[(5-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl)aminojpyridine-3-carbonyl chloride to give the product as a solid. Example
N-[5-[4,5-Dihydro-2-methylpyrazolo[4,3-d][1]benzazepin6(2H)-yl)carbonyl-2-pyridinyl]-5-fluoro-2-methylbenzamide
As described for Example 1, 2,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrazolo[4,3-d][1]benzazepine is reacted in dichloromethane, in the presence of triethylamine, with 6-[(5-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride to give the product as a solid.
Example 8
N-[ 5-[(6,7-Dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,d]azepin-5-yl)carbonyl]- 2-pyridinyl]-5-fluoro-2-methylbenzamide As describe for Example 1, 6,7-dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,d]azepine is reaction in dichloromethane in the presence of triethylamine, with 6-[(5-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride to give the product as a solid.
Example 9
N-[5-[(4,5-Dihydro-6H-thieno[3,2-d][1]benzazeoin-6- yl)carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]-5-fluoro-2-methylbenzamide
As described fcr Example 1, 4,5-dihydro-6H-thieno[3,2-d][1]benzazepine is reacted in
dichloromethane, in the presence of triethylamine, with 6-[(5-flucro-2-methylbenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride to give the product as a solid.
Example 10
N- [(5,10-Dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c][2]benzazepin-4- yl)carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]-5-fluoro-2-methylbenzamide
As described for Example 1, 5, 10-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c][2]benzazepine in dichloromethane in the presence of triethylamine is reacted with 6-[(5-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride to give the product as a solid. Example 11
N-[5[(4,5-Dihydropyrazolo[4,3-d][1]benzazepin-6(1H)- yl)carbonyl]-2-Pyridinyl]-5-fluoro-2-methylbenzamide
To a solution of 0.20 mol of 1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrazolo[4,3-d][1]benzazepine, 0.80 mol of triethylamine is added 0.42 mol of 6-[(5-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride in 15 ml of dichloromethane. The mixture is stirred under argon for 16 hours and diluted with dichloromethane (25 ml). The mixture is washed with H2O), 1MNaHCO3, brine and dried (Na2SO4). The solvent is removed and the residue in methanol-tetrahydrofurane (1 : 1) stirred with 1NNaOH for 5 hours. The mixture is neutralized with acetic acid and the solvent removed. To the residue is added H2O and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract is washed with H2O, 1NHCl, 1MNaHCO3 and dried (Na2SO4). The solvent removed under vacuum and the residue chromatographed on silica gel with ethyl acetate-hexane as solvent to give the product as a solid.
Example 12
N-[5-[(6,11-Dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,e]azepin-5-yl)carbonyl]- 7-pyridinyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide
To a chilled (0°C) solution of 0.293 g of 6,11-dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,e]azepine and 625 mL triethyl-amine in 3.5 ml of dichloromethane is added a solution of 0.657 g of 6-[([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-ylcarbonyl)amino]-3-pyridinecarbonyl chloride in 1.5 ml of dichloromethane. The mixture is stirred under argon at room temperature for 16 hours and diluted with 40 ml of dichloromethane and 20 ml of water. The organic layer is separated and washed with 20 mi each of 1M NaHCO3, brine and dried (Na2SO4). The solution is filtered through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and the filtrate concentrated to dryness under vacuum. The residual solid is chromatographed on silica gel with ethyl acetate hexane (1:1) as solvent to give the product as a glass. Crystallization from ethyl acetate gives 0.395 g of white crystals, m.p. 134-142°C.
Example 13
N-[5-[(4,5-Dihydro-2-methylpyrazolo[4,3-d][1]benzazepin- 6(7H)-yl)carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2- carboxamide
As described for Example 12,2,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrazolo[4,3-d][1]benzazepine is reacted with 6-[([1,1'biphenyl]-2-ylcarbonyl)amino]-3-pyridinecarbonyl chloride to give the product as a solid.
Example 14
N-[5-[((6,7 Dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,d]azepin-5-yl)carbonyl]- 2-Pyridinyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide
As described for Example 12, 6,7-dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,d]azepine is reacted with 6-[([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-ylcarbonyl)amino]-3-pyridinecarbonyl chloride to give the product as a solid.
Example 15
N-[5-[(4,5-Dihydro-6H-thieno[3,2-d][1]benzazepin-6- yl)carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide
As described for Example 12, 4,5-dihydro-6H-thieno[3,2-d][1]benzazepine is reacted with 6-[([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-yicarbonyi)amino]-3-pyridinecarbonyl chloride to give the product as a solid.
Example 16
N-[5-[(5,10-Dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c][2]benzazepin-4- yl)carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl][1,1'-biohenyl]-2-carboxamide
As described for Example 12, 5,10-dihydro-4H-thienc[3,2-c][2]benzazepine is reacted with 6-[([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-ylcarbonyl)amino]-3-pyridinecarbonyl chloride to give the product as a solid. Example 17
N-[5-[(9,10-Dihydro-4H-thieno[2,3-c][1]benzazepin-9- yl)carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide
As described for Example 12, 9, 10-dihydro-4H- thieno[2,3-c][1]benzazepine is reacted with 6-[([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-ylcarbonyl)amino]-3-pyridinecarbonyl
chloride to give the product as a solid.
Example 18
N-[5-[(4,10-Dihydro-5H-thieno[3,2-c][1]benzazepin-5- yl)carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl][1,1'biphenyl]-2-carboxamide
As described for Example 12, 4,10-dihydro-5H-thieno[3,2-c][1]benzazepine is reacted with 6-[([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-ylcarbonyl)amino]-3-pyridinecarbonyl chloride to give the product as a solid.
Example 19
N-[5-[(4,5-Dihydropyrazolo[4,3-d][1]benzazepin-6(1H)- yl)carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide
As described for Example 11, 1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrazolo[4,3-d][1]benzazepine is reacted with 6-[([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-ylcarbonyl)amino-3-pyridinecarbonyl chloride to give the product as a solid.
Example 20
N-[5-[(6,11-Dihydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzodiazepin- 6-yl)carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]-2-methylfurane-3-carboxamide
To a cooled (0°C) solution of 0.296 g of 6,11-dihydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzodiazepine and 624 mL of triethylamine in 3 ml of dichloromethane is added a solution of 6-[(2-methyl-3-furanyicarbonyl)amino]-3-pyridinecarbonyl chloride in 4 ml of dichloromethane. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 16 hours and the solvent removed under vacuum. To the residue is added 1M NaHCO3 and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract is washed with H2O, 1M NaHCO3 brine and dried (Na2SO4). The solvent is removed under vacuum and the residue chromatographed on silica gel with ethyl acetate-hexane as solvent to give the product as a solid.
Example 21
N-[5-[5(6H)-ohenanthridinyl)carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]-2- methylfurane-3-carboxamide
As described for Example 20, 5,6-dihydrophenanthridine is reacted with 6-[(2-methyl-3-furanylcarbonyl)amino]-3-pyridinecarbonyl chloride to give the product as a solid.
Example 22
N-[5-[(5,11-Dihydro-10H-dibenz[b,e][1,4]diazepin-10- yl) carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]-2-methylfurane-3-carboxamide
As described fcr Example 20, 5,11-dihydro-10H-dibenz[b,e][1,4]diazepine is reacted with 6-[(2-methyl-3-furanylcarbonyl)amino]-3-pyridinecarbonyl chloride to give the product as a solid.
Example 23
N-[5-[(5,11-Dihydro-10H-dibenz[b,e][1,4]diazepin-10- yl)carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide
As described for example 12, 5,11-dihydro-10H-dibenz[b,e][1,4]diazepine is reacted with 6-[([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-ylcarbonyl)amino]-3-pyridinecarbonyl chloride to give the product as a solid.
Example 24
5-(4-(4-Butyloxy)benzoyl-6,11-dihydro-5H- dibenz[b,e]azepine
To a solution of 6,11-dihydro-5H-dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,e]azepine (0.12 g, 0.6 mmol) in methylene chloride (2 ml) is added triethylamine (0.12 g, 1.2 mmol), followed by 4-butoxybenzoyl chloride ( (0.15 g, 0.72 mmol). The resulting mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, and then treated with 4 ml of 1N NaOH. The mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate (10 ml), and the extract is washed with 1N sodium hydroxide and brine (5 ml), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered through hydrous magnesium silicate. The fitrate is evaporated, and the crude material is triturated with isoctane to give 0.24 g of white solid; Mass spectrum (CD, 372 (MH+)
Example 25
10-([1,1'Biphenyl]-4-ylcarbonyl)-5,11-dihydro-10H- dibenzo-[b,e][1,4]diazepine
To a cooled (0°C) solution of 0.5 g of 5,11-dihydro-10H-dibenzo[b,e][1,4]diazepine in 50 ml of CH2CI2 and 12 ml of disopropylethylamine is added dropwise a solution of 0.67 g of [1,1'-biphenyl]-4-carbonyl chloride in 50 ml of CH2Cl2. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. An additional 0.3 g of [1,1]-biphenyl]-4-carbonyl chloride in 30 ml of CH2CI2 is added and the mixture stirred at room
temperature 16 hours. The volatiles are removed under vacuum and the residue dissolved in 150 ml of CHCl3. The solution is washed with 50 ml of H2O, dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent removed. The residue is chromatographed on silica gel with ethyl acetate-hexane (1:5) and ethyl acetate-hexane (1:3) as solvent to give 0.86 g of solid, m.p. 152°-154°C; Mass spectrum (CI), 377 (MH+).
Example 26
10-([1,1'-Biphenyl]-4-ylcarbonyl)-10,11- dihyorodibenz[b,f][1,4]oxazepine To a cooled (0°C) solution of 1.0 g of 10,11-dihydrodibenz[b,f][1,4]oxazepine and 7 ml of
triethylamine in 30 ml of CH2Cl2 under argon is added dropwise 2.0 g of [1,1'-biphenyl]-4-carbonyl chloride. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 16 hours and diluted with 50 ml of CHCI3. The mixture is washed with 30 ml each of H2O, 2NHCl, H2O, saturated NaHCO3, H2O, and dried (Na2SO4). Solvent is removed under vacuum to give 1.6 g of a yellow solid, m.p. 93°-95°C; Mass soectrum (CI), 378 (MH+). Example 27
9-([1,1'-Biphenyl]-4-ylcarbonyl)-9,10-dihydro-4H- thieno[2,3-c][1]benzazepine
As described for Example 26, 9,10-dihydro-4H-thieno[2,3-c][1]benzazepine is reacted with [1,1'-biphenyl]-4-carbonyl chloride to give the product as a yellow solid; Mass spectrum (CD 381 (MT).
Example 28
5-([1,1'-Biphenyl]-4-ylcarbonyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H- dibenz[b,d]azepine
As described for Example 26, 6,7-dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,d]azepine is reacted with [1,1'-biphenyl]-4-carbonyl chloride to give the proαuct as a solid.
Example 29
6-([1,1'-Biphenyl]-4-ylcarbonyl)5,11-dihydro-6H- pyrido[2,3-e][1]benzazepine
As described for Example 26, 5, 111-dihydro-6H-pyrido[2,3-e][1]benzazepine is reacted with [1,1'-biphenyl]-4-carbonyl chloride to give the product as a solid.
Example 30
5-([1,1'-Biphenyl]-4-ylcarbonyl)-5,6-dihydropyrido[2,3- b][1,4]benzothiazepine
As described for Example 26, 5,6-dihydropyrido[2,3-b][1,4]benzothiazepine is reacted with [1,1'-biphenyl]-4-carbonyl chloride to give the product as a solid.
Example 31
10-([1,1'-Biohenyl]-4-ylcarbonyl)-10,11- dihydro[b,f][1,4]thiazepine
As described fcr Example 26, 10,11-dihydro[b,f][1,4]-thiazepine is reacted with [1,1'-biphenyl]-4-carbonyl chloride to give the product as a solid. Example 32
10-(4-Benzoylbenzoyl)-10,11- dihydrodibenz[b,f][1,4]oxazepine As described for Example 26, 10,11-dihydrodibenz[b,f][1,4]oxazepine is reacted with 4-
(benzoyl)benzoyl chloride to give the product as an off-white, m.p. 103° - 106°C; Mass spectrum (CD, 406 (MH+).
Example 33
5-(4-Benzoylbenzoyl)5,6,11,12- tetrahydrodibenz[b,f]azocine
As described for Example 26, 5,6,11,12-tetrahydrodibenz[b,f]azocine is reacted with 4-(benzoyl)benzoyl chloride to give the product as a solid, m.p. 89°-92°C, Mass spectrum (CD, 418 (MHD
Example 34
10-[4-(Benzoylbenzoyl)-10,11-dihydro[b,f][1,H]thiazepine
As described for Example 26, 10,11-dihydro[b,f][1,4]thiazepine is reacted with 4-(benzoyl chloride to give the product as a solid.
Example 35
5-[4-(Benzoylbenzoyl)-5,6-dihydropyrido[2,3- b][1,4]benzothiazepine
As described for Example 26, 5,6-dihydropyrido[2,3-b][1,4]benzothiazepine is reacted with 4-(benzoyl)benzoyl chloride to give the product as a solid.
Example 36
6-[(4-Benzoylbenzoyl)]5,11-dihydro- 6H-pyrido[2,3-e][1]benzazepine
As described for Example 26, 5,11-dihydro-6H- pyrido[2,3-e][1]benzazepine is reacted with 4-(benzoyl)benzoyl chloride to give the product as a solid. Example 37
5-[(4-Benzoylbenzoyl)13-6,7-dihydro-5H- dibenz[b,d]azepine
As described for Example 26, 6,7-dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,d]azepine is reacted with 4-(benzoyl)benzoyl chloride to give the product as a solid.
Example 38
9-[(4-Benzoylbenzoyl)]-9,10-dihydro-4H- thieno[2,3-c][1]benzazepine
As described for Example 26, 9,10-dihydro-4H-thieno[2,3-c][1]benzazepine is reacted with 4-(benzoyl)benzoyl chloride to give the product as a solid.
Example 39
5-[(4-Benzoylbenzoyl)]-4,10-dihydro-5H-thieno[3,2- c][1]benzazepine
As described for Example 26, 4 , 10 dihydro-5H-thieno[3,2-c][1]benzazepine is reacted with 4- (benzoyl)benzoyl chloride to give the product as a solid.
Example 40
5-([1,1'-Biphenyl -4-ylcarbonyl)-4,10-dihydro-5H- thieno[ 3,2-c][1]benzazepine
As described fo Example 26, 4 ,10-dihydro-5H-thieno[3,2-c][1]benzazepine is reacted with
[1,1'biphenyl]-4-carbonyl chloride to give the product as a solid.
Example 41
6-([1,1'-Biphenyl]-4-ylcarbonyl]-1,4,5,6- tetrahydropyrazolo[4,3-d][1]benzazepine
As described fcr Example 26, 2 mmol of
1,4,5, 6-tetrahydropyrazolo [4,3-d][1]benzazepine is reacted with 5 mmol of [ 1,1'-biphenyl]-4-carbonyl chloride. The product is stirred in methanol with 2N NaOH fcr 16 hours and the mixture concentrated and extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract is washed with 1 M citric acid, NaHCO3, H2O, dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent removed to give the product of the example as a solid.
Example 42
N-[4-[(5,6-Dihydropyrazolo-(4,3-d][1]benzazepin-6(1H)- yl)carbonyl]-3-chlorophenyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2- carboxamide
As described for Example 11, 6-(2-chloro-4-aminobenzoyl)-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrazolo[4,3-d][1]benzazepine is reacted with [1,1'-biphenyl]-4-carbonyl chloride to give the product as a solid.
Example 43
N-[4-[ -Dihydropyrazolo[4,3-d][1]benzazepin-6(1H)-ylcarbonyl]-3-chlorophenyl]-2-(dimethylamino)pyridine-3- carboxamide
As described for Example 11, 6-(2-chloro-4-aminobenzoyl)-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrazolo[4,3-d]benzazepine is reacted with 2-(dimethlamino)pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride to give the product of the example as a solid.
Example 44
N-[4-[((5,6-dihydropyrazolo[4,3-d][1]benzazepin-6(1H)- yl )carbonyl]Phenyl]-2-(dimethlamino )pyridine-3- carboxamido
As described for Example 11, 6-(4-aminobenzoyl)-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrazolo-[4,3-d]benzazepine is reacted with 2- (dimethylaminopyridine-3-carbonyl chloride to give the product as a solid.
Example 45
N-[5-[5,6,11,12-tetrahydrodibenz[b, flazocin-5- yl )carbonyl]-2-pyrifinyl]-5-fluoro-2-methylbenzamide
To a cooled (0°C) and stirred solution of 0.246 g of 5,6,11,12-tetrahydrodibenz[b,f]azocine 695 mL of triethylamine in 5 ml of dichloromethane is added 0.586 g of 6-[(5-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl)aminopyridine-3-carbonyl chloride. The mixture is stirred 16 hours under argon, diluted with 50 ml of dichloromethane and 20 ml of water, and the organic layer separated. The organic layer is washed with 20 ml each of NaHCO3, brine and dried (Na2SO4). The solution is passed through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and the filtrate concentrated to dryness under vacuum. The residue (450 mg) is chromatographed on silica gel preparative plates to give a solid. Crystallization from ethyl acetate gives 0.20 g of white crystals, m.p. 198° - 200°C.
Example 46
N-[4-(Dibenz[b,f][1,4]oxazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)- phenyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide To a mixture of 0.197 g of 10,11-dihydroaibenz[b,f][1,4]oxazepine and 0.402 g of 4-[([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]benzoyl chloride in 5 ml of dichloromethane (cooled in ice bath) is added dropwise 0.154 g of N, N-diisopropylethylamine in 2 ml of dichloromethane. The mixture is stirred at room temperature under argon for 2 hours. The mixture is poured into water and the organic layer separated. The organic extract is washed with 2N Na2CO3, water, brine and dried (Na2SO4). The solution is filtered through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and the filter cake washed with dichloromethane. The filtrate is concentrated to dryness to give 0.65 g of solid. The solid is purified by thick layer chromatography on silica gel with hexane-ethyl acetate (2:1) as solvent to give 0.110 g of a glass, m.p. 107°C-122°C. Anal.
Found: C, 80.8; H, 4.9; N,6.0.
Example 47
N-[4-(Dibenz[b,f][1,4]oxazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)-3- chlorophenyl][1,1'biphenyl]-2-carboxamide
A mixture of 0.263 g of 10, 11-dihydro-10(4-amino-2-chlorobenzoyl)dibenz[b,f][1,4]oxazepine, 0.195 g of [1,1'-bipheny]-2-carbonyl chloride and 0.116 g of
N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 7 ml of dichloromethane is stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The mixture is poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The extract is washed with 2N Na2CO3, water, brine and dried (Na2SO4). The solution is filtered through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate (pad washed with dichloromethane). The filtrate is concentrated to dryness to give a yellow solid. The solid is purified by chromatography on thick layer silica gel plates with hexane-ethyl acetate (1:1) as solvent to give 0.12 g of
a yellow glass, m.p. 145°C-188°C: Anal. found: C, 73.6; H, 4.6; N,5.0; Cl, 6.4.
Example 48
N-[5-(Dibenz[b,f][1,4]oxazepin-10(11H)ylcarbonyl)-2- pyridinyl]-5-fluoro-2-methylbenzamide
As described for Example 46, 10,11-dihydrodibenz[b,f][1,4]oxazepine is reacted in
dichloromethane with 2-[(2-methyl-5-fluorobenzoyl)amino]-5-pyridinylcarbonyl chloride in the presence of N,N-diisopropylethylamine to give the product as crystals, m.p. 180°C-186°C.
As described for Example 46 the following compounds can be prepared.
Example 49
N-[4-(Dibenz[b,f][1,4]oxazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)- phenyl]-2-(2-pyridinyl)benzamide
Example 50
N-[4-(Dibenz[b,f][1,4]oxazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)- phenyl]-2-(2-pyridinyl)benzamide
Example 51
N-[4-(Dibenz[b,f][1,4]oxazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)- phenyl]-2-(2-pyridinyl)benzamide
Example 52
N-[4-(Dibenz[b,f][1,4]oxazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)- chlorophenyl]-2-(2-thienyl)benzamide
Example 53
N-[4-Dibenz[b,f][1,4]oxazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)-3- chlorophenyl]-2-(3-thienyl)benzamide
As described for Example 48 the following compounds can be prepared. Example 65
N-[5-(Dibenz[b,f][1,4]oxazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl2- pyridinyl]-2-(4-pyridinyl)benzamide
Example 66
N-[5-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 2-pyridinyl][1,1'biphenyl]-2-carboxamide
A mixture of 0.198 g of 5,6-dihydropyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepine, 0.155 g of N,N- diisopropylethylamine and 0.404 g of 6-[([1,1'biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride in 12 ml of dichloromethane is stirred at room temperature for 3.5 hours. The mixture is poured into water and
extracted with dichloromethane. The extract is washed with 2N Na2CO3, H2O, brine and dried (Na2SO4). The solution is passed through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and the filtrate concentrated to dryness. The solid is dissolved hexane-ethyl acetate (1:2) and the solution filtered through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate. The pad is washed with hexane-ethyl acetate (1:2) and the filtrate concentrated to dryness to give a glass, m.p.107°C-114°C Anal. Found: C, 74.4; H, 5.7; N, 8.8
Example 67
N-[4-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 3-chlorophenyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide
A mixture of 0.198 g of 5, 6-dihydropyrido [ 2 ,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepine, 0.155 g of N,N-diisopropylethylamine and 0.444 g of 4-[([1,1-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]-2-chlorobenzoyl chloride in 12 ml of dichloromethane is stirred at room temperature for 2.5 hours. The mixture is poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The extract is washed with 2N
Na2CO3, H2O, brine and dried (Na2SO4). The solution is passed through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate. The filter pad is washed with 50 ml of hexane-ethyl acetate (1:2) and the filtrate concentrated to dryness. The residue is triturated with ether to give a solid, m.p. 205-217°C Anal. Found: C, 72.3; H, 4.2; N, 7.9; Cl, 6.7. As described for Example 66, the following compounds can be prepared.
Example 68
N-[5-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 3-pyridinyl][1,1'biphenyl]-2-carboxamide
Example 69
N-[5-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)-
2-pyridinyl]-2-chlorobenzamide
Example 70
N-[5-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)-
2-pyridinyl]-2-chloro-5-fluorobenzamide
Example 71
N-[5-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 2-pyridinyl]-2-hydroxybenzamide
Example 72
N-[5-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)-
2-pyridinyl]-2,5-difluorobenzamide
Example 73
N-[5-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 2-pyridinyl]-2-methylbenzamide
Example 74
N-[5-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 2-pyridinyl]-2-(dimethylamino)benzamide
Example 75
N-[5-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)-
2-pyridinyl]-2-(methylamino)benzamide
Example 76
N-[5-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)-
2-pyridinyl]-2-(aminomethyl)benzamide Example 77
N-[5-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)-
2-pyridinyl]-2-methoxybenzamide
Example 78
N-[5-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)-
2-pyridinyl]-2-chloro-5-fluorobenzamide
Example 79
N-[5-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 2-pyridinyl]-2-methyl-3-fluorobenzamide
Example 80
N-[5-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 2-pyridinyl]-2-fluoro-6-chlorobenzamide
Example 81
N-[5-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 2-pyridinyl]-2,6-dichlorobenzamide
Example 82
N-[5-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 2-pyridinyl]-2,5-dimethylbenzamide
Example 83
N-[5-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 7-pyridinyl]-2-chloro-3-pyridinylcarboxamide
Example 84
N-[5-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 2-pyridinyl]-2-(methylamino)-3-pyridinylcarboxamide
Example 85
N-[5-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 2-pyridinyl]-2(dimethylamino)-3-pyridinylcarboxamide
Example 86
N-[5-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 2-pyridinyl]-2-(aminomethyl)4-pyridinylcarboxamide
Example 87
N-[5-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 2-pyridinyl]-2-(dimethylamino)-4-pyridinylcarboxamide As described for Example 67, the following compounds can be prepared. Example 88
N-[4-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 3-chloro-6-methylphenyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide
Example 89
N-[4-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 3,6-dimethylphenyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide
Example 90
N-[4-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 2-methylphenyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide
Example 91
N-[4-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 2-chloropnenyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide
Example 92
N-[4-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 3-chloro-6-methylphenyl]-2-(2-thienyl)benzamide
Example 93
N-[4-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 3,6-dimethylphenyl]-2-(3-thienyl)benzamide
Example 94
N-[4-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 3-methylphenyl]-2-(2-thienyl)benzamide
Example 95
N-[4-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 3-chlorophenyl]-2-(2-thienyl)benzamide
Example 96
N-[4-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 3-chlorophenyl]-2-(3-thienyl)benzamide
Example 97
N-[4-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 3-chlorophenyl]-2-(2-furanyl)benzamide
Example 98
N-[4-(Pyrido[2,3-b[1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)-3- chlorophenyl]-2-(2-pyridinyl)benzamide Example 99
N-[4-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 3-chlorophenyl]-2-(3-pyridinyl)benzamide
Example 100
N-[4-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 3-chlorophenyl]-2-(4-pyridinyl)benzamide
Example 101
N-[4-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 3-chlorophenyl]-2-(3-pyridinyl)benzamide
Example 102
N-[4-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 3-methylphenyl][1,1'biphenyl]-2-carboxamide
Example 103
N-[4-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 3-methylphenyl]-2-(3-thienyl)benzamide
Example 104
N-[4-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 3-methylphenyl]-2-(2-pyridinyl)benzamide
Example 105
N-[4-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 3-methyphenyl]-2-(3-pyridinyl)benzamide
Example 106
N-[4-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 3-methylphenyl]-2-(4-pyridinyl)benzamide
Example 107
N-[4-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 3-methylphenyl]-2-(2-furanyl)benzamide
Example 108
N-[4-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)- 3,6-dimethylphenyl]-2-(2-thienyl)benzamide
As described for Example 67, the following compounds can be prepared.
As described for Example 46, the reaction of 5,6-dihydropyrido[2,3-b][1,4]benzoxazepine (1 mmol) with 2-[(2-methyl-5-fluorobenzoyl)amino]-5-pyridinylcarbonyl chloride (1.0 mmol) in dichloromethane in the presence of N,N-diisopropylethylamine (3 mmol) gives the product as a glass. Example 131
N-[5-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,4]benzoxazepin-5(6H)-ylcarbonyl)- 2-pyridinyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide
As described for Example 66., the reaction of 5,6-dihydropyrido[2,3-b][1,4]benzoxazepine (0.198 g) with 6-[([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride (0.404 g) in dichoromethane in the presence of ϋ. N-diisopropylethylamine (0.155 g) gives the product as a solid.
Example 132
N-[4-(Pyrido[2,3-b][1,4]benzoxazepin-5(6H)-ylcarbonyl)- 3-chlorophenyl][1,1'biphenyl]-2-carboxamide
As described for Example 66, reaction of 0.198 g of 5,6-dihyaropyrido[2,3-b][1,4]benzoxazepine with 0.444 g of 4-[([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]-2-chlorobenzoyl chloride in dichloromethane in the
presence of N,N-diisopropylethylamine gives the product as a solid.
Example 133
N-[4-(6,11-Dihydropyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzodiazepin-6(5H)- ylcarbonyl)-phenyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide To a mixture of 10.55 g of 6,11-dihydropyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzodiazepin-5(6H)-one in 40 ml of tetrahydrofuran is added 15 ml of 10 molar borane-dimethylsulfide in tetrahydrofuran. The mixture is stirred at room temperature 2 hours and then refluxed (under argon) for 4 hours. An additional 40 ml of tetrahydrofuran is added and the mixture refluxed overnight. To the cooled mixture is added 12 ml of methanol and the solvent removed. To the residue is added 30 ml of 2H NaOH and the solution refluxed 2 hours under argon. The mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate and the extract washed with 2N citric acid. The aqueous layer is made basic with 2N NaOH and extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract is washed with H2O, brine and dried (Na2SO4). The solution is filtered through a thin layer of hydrous magnesium silicate and the filtrate concentrated to dryness to give 4.65 g of brown solid. The solid is purified by chromatography on silica gel to give the product as a solid. A 4.85 g sample of crude product is triturated with ether to give 2.68 g of 6,11-dihydropyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzodiazepine as a solid.
A mixture of 0.296 g of 6,11-dihydropyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzodiazepine, 0.604 g of 4-[([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]benzoyl chloride and 0.232 g of N,N-diisopropylethylamme in 6 ml of
dichloromethane is stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours. The mixture is poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The extract is washed with H2O, saturated NaHCO3, H2O, brine and dried (Na2SO4). The solution is filtered through a thin pad of hydrous megnesium silicate and the filtrate concentrated to dryness. The residue is purified on thick layer silica gel plates with hexane-ethyl acetate (1:2) as solvent to give the product as a solid which is crystallized from ethyl acetate to give off-white crystals, m.p. 220°C-221°C.
Example 134
N-[4-(6,11-Dihydropyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzodiazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)-3-chlorophenyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide
A mixture of 0.197 g of 6,11-dihydropyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzodiazepine, 0.444 g of 4-[([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]-2-chlorobenzoyl chloride and 0.155 g of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 8 ml of
dichloromethane is stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours. The mixture is poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The extract is washed with H2O, saturated NaHCO3, H2O, brine and dried (Na2SO4). The solution is filtered through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and the filtrate concentrated to dryness. The residue is chromatographed on thick layer silica gel plates with hexane-ethyl acetate (1:2) to give 0.160 g of solid, m.p. 147°C-165°C.
Anal Found: C, 72.1; H, 5.1; N, 9.1; Cl, 6.3.
Example 135
N-[4-(6,11-Dihydropyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzodiazepin-6(5H)- ylcarbonyl)-Phenyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide, hydrochloride
Hydrogen chloride (gas) is bubbled into 50 ml of anhydrous chilled methanol for 15 minutes. A 25 ml sample of the methanolic hydrogen chloride is added to 0.30 g of N-[4-(6,11-dihydropyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzodiazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)phenyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide. The mixture is stirred at 0°C for 0.5 hours and allowed to warm to room temperature. The solvent is removed and the solid dried under vacuum to give 0.31 g of solid, m.p. 195°C-210°C.
As described for Example 134, the following compounds can be prepared by reaction of 6,11-dihydropyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzodiazepine with the
appropriate substituted or unsubstituted
[(arylcarbonyl)amino]benzoyl chloride or the appropriate substituted or unsubstituted [(arylcarbonyl)-amino]pyridinylcarbonyl chloride.
Example 136
N-[4-(6,11-Dihydropyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzodiazepin-6(5H)- ylcarbonyl)-3-chlorophenyl]-2-(2-thienyl)benzamide
Example 137
N-[4-(6,11-Dihydropyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzodiazepin-6(5H)- ylcarbonyl)-3-chlcrophenyl]-2-(3-thienyl)benzamide
Example 138
N-[4-(6,11-Dihydropyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzodiazepin-6(5H)- ylcarbonyl)-3-chloro-6-methylphenyl]-7-(2- thienyl)benzamide
Example 214
N-[4-(6,11-Dihydropyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzodiazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)-2-pyridinyl]-2-methylthiophene-3-carboxamide
Example 215
N-[4-(6,11-Dihydropyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzodiazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)-2-pyridinyl]-3-methylthiophene-2-carboyamide
Example 216
N-[4-(6,11-Dihydropyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzodiazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)-2-pyridinyl]-2-chlorothiophene-3-carboxamide
Example 217
N-[4-(6,11-Dihydropyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzodiazepin-6(5H)- ylcarbonyl-2-pyridinyl]-2-methylthiophene-3-carboxamide
Example 219
N-(4-[(5,11-Dihydro-10H-dibenz[b,e][1,4]diazepin-10- yl)carbonyl]-3-chlorophenyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2- carboxamide
A mixture of 0.196 g of 5,11-dihydro-10H-dibenzo[b,e][1,4]diazepine, 0.155 g of N, N-diisopropylethylamine and 0.444 g of 4-[([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]-2-chlorobenzoyl chloride in 12 ml of dichloromethane is stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture is poured into water and
extracted with dichloromethane. The extract is washed with 2N K2CO3,H2O, brine and dried (Na2SO4). The solution is filtered through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate. The filtrate is concentrated to dryness and the residue triturated with ether and the solvent removed. The residue is triturated with
dichloromethane to give 0.31 g of solid, m.p. 158°C-184°C. Anal. Found for C33H24ClN3O2 1/2 H2O; C,73.7; H,
4.6; N,7.5; Cl, 6.9.
As described for Example 218, the following compounds can be prepared by the reaction of 5,11-dihydro-10H-dibenz[b,e][1,4]diazepine with the
appropriate substituted or unsubstituted [(aryl- carbonyl)amino]benzoyl chloride or the appropriate substituted or unsubstituted [(aryl-carbonyl)amino]pyridinylcarbonyl chloride.
Example 301
N-[4-[(6,11-Dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,e]azepin-5-yl) carbonyl]-phenyl[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide
A mixture of 6,11-dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,e]azepine (0.195g), 4-[([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]benzoyl chloride (0.41g) and 0.155 g of N, N-diisopropylethylamine in 12 ml of dichloromethane is stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The mixture is poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The extract is washed with H2O, saturated NaHCO3, H2O, brine and dried (Na2SO4). The solution is filtered through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and the filter pad washed with dichloromethane. The filtrate is concentrated to dryness to give 0.66 g of a yellow solid. Chromatography on thick layer silica gel plates with hexane-ethyl acetate (1.5:1) gives crystals
(0.165g) (from dichloromethane-ethyl acetate), m.p.
224°C-225°C
Example 302
N-[4-[(6,11-Dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,e]azepin-5-yl) carbonyl]-3-chlorophenyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide
A mixture of 0.195 g of 6,11-dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,e]azepine, 0.444 g of 4-[([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]-2-chlorobenzoyl chloride and 0.155 g of N,N-diisopropylethylamine is stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The mixture is poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The extract is washed with H2O, saturated NaHCO3,H2O, brine and dried
(Na2SO4) . The solvent is removed and the residue chromatographed on thick layer silica gel plates with solvent hexane-ethyl acetate (1.5:1) to give 0.32 g of crystals, m.p. 120°C-125°C.
As described for Example 302, the following compounds can be prepared by reaction of 6,11-dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,e]azepine with the appropriate substituted or unsubstituted 4-[(arycarbonyl)amino]benzoyl chloride or the appropriate substituted or unsubstituted 6-[(arycarbonyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride
As described for Example 1, 6,11-dihydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b][1,4]benzodiazepine (2 mmol) is reacted with 6-[(5-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride (2.1 mmol) in the presence of triethylamine (4 mmol) in dichloromethane to give the product as a solid, m.p. 102°C-104°C. Example 353
N-[4-[(6,11-Dihydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b][1,4]benzodiazepin- 5-yl)carbonyl]-3-chlorophenyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2- carboxamide
As described for Example 134, 6,11-dihydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b][1,4]benzodiazepine (0.197 g) is reacted with 4-[([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]-2-chlorobenzoyl chloride (0.444 g) in the presence of N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.155 g) in 12 ml of
dichloromethane to give the product as a solid.
As described for Example 352, the following compounds can be prepared by reaction of 6,11-dihydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b][1,4]benzodiazepine with the appropriate substituted or unsubstituted 4-[(arylcarbonyl)amino]benzoyl chloride or the appropriate substituted or unsubstituted 6-[(arylcarbonyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride
Example 354
N-[4-[(6,11-Dihydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b][1,4]benzodiazepin- 5-yl)carbonyl]phenyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide
Example 355
N-[4-[(6,11-Dihydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b][1,4]benzodiazepin- 5-yl)carbonyl]phenyl]-2-(2-thienyl)benzamide
Example 356
N-[4-[(6,11-Dihydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b][1,4]benzodiazepin- 5-yl)carbonyl]-3-methylphenyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2- carboxamide
Example 357
N-[4-[(6,11-Dihydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b][1,4]benzodiazepin- 5-yl)carbonyl]-3-methyl-6-chlorophenyl][1,1'-biphenyl]- 2-carboxamide
Example 358
N-[4-[(6,11-Dihydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b][1,4]benzodiazepin- 5-yl)carbonyl]-3,6-dimethylphenyl][1,1'-biohenyl]-2- carboxamide
A mixture of 0.278 g of 4,5-dihydropyrazolo[4,3-d][1]benzazepine, 1.11 g of 4-[([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]benzoyl chloride and 0.426 g of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 12 ml of dichloromethane-tetrahydrofuran (1:1) is stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture is poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The extract is washed with 2N Na2CO3, H2O, brine and dried (Na2SO4).
The solvent is removed under vacuum to give 1.45 g of solid. To the proceding solid in 25 ml methanol-tetrahydrofuran (1:1) is added 2.78 ml of 2N NaOH and the solution stirred at room temperature for 3.5 hours. The solvent is removed under vacuum, water added to the residue and the mixture extracted with dichloromethane. The extract is washed with H2O, 0.5 N citric acid; H2O, brine and dried (Na2SO4). The solution is passed through a thin pad of hydrous magnesuim silicate and the filtrate concentrated to dryness. The residue (0.95 g) is triturated with ether-dichloromethane to give 0.17 g of crystals, m.p. 255°C-260°C; Anal, found for
C31H24N4O2·1/2H2O: C, 75.9; H, 5.1; N, 10.8.
Example 397
N-[4-[(4,5-Dihydropyrazolo[4,3-d][1]benzazepin-6(1H)- y l)carbonyl]-3-chlorophenyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2- carboxamide
A mixture of 0.185 g of 4,5-dihydropyrazolo[4,3-d][1]benzazepine, 0.814 g of 4-[([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]-2-chlorobenzoyl chloride and 0.284 g of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 9 ml of dichloromethane-tetrahydrofuran (1:1) is stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture is poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The extract is washed with 2N NaOH, H2O, brine and dried (Na2SO4). The solvent is removed under vacuum to give
0.99 g of a solid. To the preceding solid in 15 ml of methanoi-tetrahydrofuran (1:1) is added 1.75 ml of 2N NaOH and the solution stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The volatiles are removed under vacuum and the mixture extracted with chloroform. The extract is washed with 1N citric acid, H2O, brine and dried
(Na2SO4). The solution is filtered through a thin pad of hydrous magnesium silicate and the filtrate
concentrated to dryness. The residue (0.76 g) is chromatographed on thick layer silica gel plates with hexane-ethyl acetate (1:2) as solvent to give 0.37 g of white solid, m.p. 172-202°C, Anal, found for 1/2 hydrate: C, 70.1; H, 5.0; N, 9.8; Cl, 6.4.
Example 398
N-[5-[(4,5-Dihydropyrazolo[4,3-d][1]benzazepin-6(1H)- yl)carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide
As described for Example 396, (0.1 mmol) of 4,5-dihydropyrazolo[4,3-d][1]benzazepine is reacted with (0.21 mmol) of 6-[([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino] pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride to give the product as a light tan solid. Recrystallized from ethyl
acetate/hexane, m.p. 228°C-234°C as white crystals.
Example 399
N-[5-[(4,5-Dihydropyrazolo[4,3-d][1]benzazepin-6(1H)- yl)carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]-5-fluoro-2-methylbenzamide
As described for Example 396, 0.10 mmol of 4,5-dehydropyrazolo[4,3-d][1]benzazepine is reacted with 0.21 mmol) of 6-[(5-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl)amino]-2-pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride to give the product as a tan solid, (0.15 g) m.p. 126°C-176°C: Mass Spec (FAB) - found 442 (M++H).
Example 400
N-[5-(4H-Thieno[3,4-b][1,5]benzodiazepin-9(10H)-yl-2- pyridinyl]-5-fluoro-2-methylbenzamide
As described by J.B. Press et al in J. Med. Chem., 22 , 725 (1979), 9,10-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,4-b][1,5]benzodiazepin-10(9H)-one is prepared. This intermediate (4.8 g) is dissolved in tetrahydrofuran under nitrogen and 4.2 g of lithium aluminum hydride
(LAH) is added portionwise with stirring. The mixture is refluxed for 18 hours and quenched by the dropwise addition of water. The mixture is extracted with chloroform and the extract is filtered through
diatomaceous earth. The organic layer is washed with water (200 ml), dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent removed.
The residual oil is chromatographed on thick layer silica gel plates with chloroform as eluent to give 1.2 g of 9,10-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,4-b][1,5]benzodiazepine as a solid. The proceeding compound (0.5 g) is reacted with 1.06 g of 6-[(5-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl)amino]pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride, hydrochloride in
dichloromethane which contains 7 ml of N,N-diisopropylethylamine. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 16 hours and then is washed with water, 1N HCI, saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, water and dried (Na2SO4). The solvent is removed and the residue purified by chromatography on silica gel with ethyl acetate-hexane (1:3) to give 1.1 g of a solid, m.p.
89°C-92°C.
Example 401
N-[4-(4H-Thieno[3,4-b][1,5]benzodiazepin-9(10H)-yl)- phenyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide As described for Example 400, 9,10-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,4-b][1,5]benzodiazepine is reacted with 4-[([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]benzoyl chloride to give the product as a solid.
Example 402
N-[4-(4H-Thieno[3,4-b][1,5]benzodiazepin-9(10H)-yl)-3- chlorophenyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide As described for Example 400, 9,10-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,4-b][1,5]benzodiazepine is reacted with 4-[([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]-2-chlorobenzoyl chloride to give the product as a solid.
Example 403
N-[5-(4H-Thieno[3,4-b][1,5]benzodiazepin-9(10H)-yl)-2- pyridinyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide As described for Example 400, 9, 10-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,4-b][1,5]benzodiazepine is reacted with 6- [([1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carbonyl)amino]-pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride to give the product as a solid.
Example 404
5,11-Dihydro-10-[4-(2-thienyl)benznyl]-10H- dibenz[b,e][1,4]diazepine
A mixture of 3 g of 4-(2-thienyl)benzoic acid and 30 ml of sulfonyl chloride is refluxed for 45 minutes and the solvent removed. The residue is dissolved in carbon tetrachloride and the solvent removed under vacuum (2-times) to give 4-(2-thienyl)benzoyl chloride. To a cooled (0°C) solution of 2.0 g of 5,11-dihydro-10H-dibenz[b,e][1,4]diazepine and 7 ml of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 30 ml of dichloromethane is added dropwise a solution of 3.15 g of 4-(2-thienyl)benzoyl chloride in 30 ml of dichloromethane. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 16 hours and diluted with 50 ml of chloroform. The solution is washed with 30 ml each of water, 2N HCI, saturated NaHCO3, water and dried (Na2SO4). The solvent is removed under vacuum and the residue (3.1 g)
chromatographed on silica gel (column) with hexane-ethyl acetate (2:1) as eluent to give 1.8 g of solid, m.p. 114°C-116°C.
Example 405
5,11-Dihydro-10-[4-(3-thienyl)benzoyl]-10H- dibenz[b,e][1,4]diazepine
To a mixture of 2.0 g of 5,11-dihydro-10H-dibenz[b,e][1,4]diazepine and 7 ml of N,N- diisopropylethylamine in 30 ml of dichloromethane is added dropwise a solution of 3.15 g of 4-(3-thienyl)benzoyl chloride in 30 ml of dichloromethane. The mixture is stirred 16 hours at room temperature and diluted with dichloromethane (50 ml). The solution is washed with 30 ml each of H2O, 2H HCI, saturated NaHCO3, water and dried (Na2SO4). The solvent is removed under vacuum and the residue purified by chromatography on silica gel with hexane-ethyl acetate as eluent to give a solid.
Binding Assay to Rat Hepatic V1 Receptors
Rat liver plasma membranes expressing the vasopressin V1 receptor subtypes are isolated by sucrose density gradient according to the method described by lesko et al., (1973). These membranes are quickly suspended in 50.0 mM Tris.HCl buffer, pH 7.4, containing 0.2% bovine serum albumin (BSA) and 0.1 mM
phenylmethylsulfonyifluoride (PMSF) and kept frozen at -70°C until used in subsequent binding experiments. For binding experiments, the following is added to the wells of a ninety-six well format micrctiter plate: 100 ml of 100.0 mM Tris.HCl buffer containing 10.0 mM MgCl2, 0.2% heat inactivated BSA and a mixture of protease
inhibitors: leupeptin, 1.0 mg%; aprotinin, 1.0 mg %; 1,10-phenanthroline, 2.0 mg %; trypsin inhibitor, 10.0 mg % and 0.1 mM PMSF, 20.0 ml of [phenylalanyl-3,4,5,-3H] vasopressin (S.A. 45.1 Ci/mmole) 0.8 mM, and the reaction initiated by the addition of 80 ml of tissue membranes containing 20 mg of tissue protein. The plates are kept undisturbed on the bench top at room temperature for 120 min. to reach equilibrium. Non-specific samples are assayed in the presence of 0.1 mM of the unlabeled antagonist phenyialanylvasopressin, added in 20.0 ml volume.
For test compounds, these are solubilized in 50% dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) and added in 20.0 ml volume to a final incubation volume of 200 ml. Upon completion of binding, the content of each well is filtered off, using a Brandel® cell Harvester (Gaithersburg, MD). The radioactivity trapped on the filter disk by the ligand-receptor complex is assessed by liquid scintillation counting in a Packard LS Counter, with an efficiency of 65% for tritium. The data are analyzed fcr IC50 values by the LUNDON-2 program for competition (LUNDON
SOFTWARE, OH) and displayed in Table I.
Binding Assay to Rat Kidney Medullary V2 Receptors
Medullary tissues from rat kidneys are dissected out, cut into small pieces and soaked in a 0.154 mM sodium chloride solution containing 1.0 mM EDTA with many changes of the liquid phase, until the solution is clear of blood. The tissue is homogenized in a 0.25 M sucrose solution containing 1.0 mM EDTA with many changes of the liquid phase, until the solution is clear of blood. The tissue is homogenized in a 0.25 M sucrose solution containing 1.0 mM EDTA and 0.1 mM PMSF using a Potter-Elvehjem homogenizer with a teflon pestle. The homoαenate is filtered throuαh several layers (4 layers) of cheese cloth. The filtrate is rehomogenized using a dounce homogenizer, with a tight fitting pestle. The final homogenate is centrifuged at 1500 X g for 15 min. The nuclear pellet is discarded and the supernatant fluid recentrifuged at 40,000 × g for 30 min. The resulting pellet formed contains a dark inner part with the exterior, slightly pink. The pink outer part is suspended in a small amount of 50.0 mM Tris.HCl buffer, pH 7.4. The protein content is determined by the Lowry's method (Lowry et al., J. Biol. Chem., 1953). The membrane suspension is stored at - 70°C, in 50.0 mMTris.HCl, containing 0.2% inactivated BSA and 0.1 mM PMSF in aiiquots of 1.0 ml containing 10.0 mg protein per ml of suspension until sue in subsequent binding experiments.
For binding experiments, the following is added in ml volume to wells of a 96 well format of a microtiter plate: 100.0 ml of 100.0 mM Tris.HCl buffer containing 0.2 % heat inactivated BSA, 10.0 mM MgCL2 and a mixture of protease inhibitors: leupeptin, 1.0 mg %; aprotinin, 1.0 mg % 1,10-phenanthroline, 2.0 mg %;
trypsin inhibitor, and 0.1 mM PMSF, 20.0 ml of [3H] Arginine8, vasopressin (S.A. 75.0 Ci/mmole) at 0.8 nM and the reaction initiated by the addition of 80.0 ml of tissue membranes (200.0 mg tissue protein). The plates are left undisturbed on the bench top for 120 minutes to reach equilibrium. Non-specific binding is assessed in the presence of 1.0 mM of unlabeled ligand, added in 20 ml volume. For test compounds, these are solubilized in 50% dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) and added in 20.0 ml volume to a final incubation volume of 200 ml. Upon completion of binding, the content of each well is filtered off, using a Brandel® cell Harvester (Gaithersburg, MD). The radioactivity trapped en the filter disk by the ligand-receptor complex is assessed by liquid scintillation counting in a Parkard LS Counter, with an efficiency of 65% for tritium. The data are analyzed for IC50 values by the LUNDON-2 program for competition (LUNDON
SOFTWARE, OH) and displayed in Table I. Radioligand Binding Experiments with Human Platelet
Meiacranes
(a) Platelet Membrane Preparation:
Frozen platelet rich plasma (PRP), received from the Hudson Valley Blood Services, are thawed to room temperature. (Platelet Source: Hudson Valley Blood Services, Westchester Medical Center, Valhalla, NY).
The tubes containing the PRP are centrifuged aa
16,000 × g for 10 minutes at 4°C and the supernatant fluid discarded. The platelets resuspended in an equal volume of 50.0 mM Tris. HCL, pH 7.5 containing 120 mM
NaCl and 20.0 mM EDTA. The suspension is recentrifuged at 16,000 × g for 10 minutes. This washing step is repeated one more time. The wash discarded and the lysed pellets homogenized in low ionic strength buffer of Tris. HCI, 5.0 m, pH 7.5 containing 5.0 mM EDTA. The homogenate is centrifuged at 39,000 × g for 10 minutes. The resulting pellet is resuspended in Tris.HCl buffer, 70.0 mM, pH 7.5 and recentrifuged at 39,000 × g for 10 minutes. The final pellet is resuspended in 50.0 mM Tris.HCl buffer pH 7.4 containing 120 mM NaCl and 5.0 mM
KC1 to give 1.0-2.0 mg protein per ml of suspension.
(b) Binding to Vasopressin V1 receotor subtype in Human
Platelet Membranes:
In wells of a 96 well format microtiter plate, add 100 ml of 50.0 mM Tris. HCI buffer containing 0.2% BSA and a mixture of protease inhibitors (aprotinin, leupeptin etc.) Then add 20 ml of [3H]Ligand (Manning or Arg8Vasopressin), to give final concentrations ranging from 0.01 to 10.0 nM. Initiate the binding by adding 80.0 ml of platelet suspension (approx. 100 mg protein). Mix all reagents by pipetting the mixture up and down a few times. Non specific binding is measured in the presence of 1.0 mM of unlabeled ligand (Manning or Arg8Vasopressin). Let the mixture stand undisturbed at room temperature for ninety (90) minutes. Upon this time, rapidly filter off the incubate under vacuum suction over GF/B filters, using a Brandel Harvester. The radioactivity caught on the filter disks is determined by the addition of liquid scintillant and counting in a liquid scintillator.
Binding to Membranes of Mouse Fibroblast Cell Line (LV-2) Transferred with the cDNA Expressing the Human V2
Vasopressin Receptor
(a) Membrane Preparation
Flasks of 175 ml capacity, continuing attached cells grown to confluence, are cleared of culture medium by aspiration. The flasks containing the attached cells are rinsed with 2 × 5 ml of phosphate buffered saline (PBS) and the liquid aspirated off each time. Finally, 5 ml of an enzyme free dissociation Hank's based solution (Specialty Media, Inc., Lafayette, NJ is added and the flasks are left undisturbed for 2 minutes. The content of all flasks is poured into a centrifuge tube and the cells pelleted at 300 × g for 15 minutes. The Hank's based solution is aspirated off and the cells homogenized with a polytron at setting #6 for 10 sec in 10.0 mM Tris.HCl buffer, pH 7.4 containing 0.25 M sucrose and 1.0 mM EDTA. The homogenate is centrifuged at 1500 × g for 10 minutes to remove ghost membranes. The supernatant fluid is centrifuged at 100,000 × g for 60 minutes to pellet the receptor protein. Upon completion, the pellet is resuspended in a small volume of 50.0 mM Tris.HCl buffer, pH 7.4. The protein content is determined by the Lowry method and the receptor membranes are suspended in 50.0 mM Tris.HCl buffer containing 0.1 mM phenylmethylsulfonylfluoride (PMSF) and 0.2% bovine serum albumin (BSA) to give 2.5 mg receptor protein per ml of suspension.
(b) Receptor Binding
Fcr binding experiments, the following is added in ml volume to wells of a 96 well format of a microtiter plate: 100.0 ml of 100.0 mM Tris.HCl buffer containing 0.2% heat inactivated BSA, 10.0 mM MgCl2 and a mixture of protease inhibitors: ieupeptin, 1.0 mg%; aprotinin, 1.0 mg%; 1,10-phenanthroline, 2.0 mg %;
trypsin inhibitor, 10.0 mg % and 0.1 mM PMSF., 20.0 ml of [3H] Arginine8, vasopressin (S.A. 75.0 Ci/mmole) at 0.8 nM and the reaction initiated by the addition of 80.0 ml of tissue membranes (200.0 mg tissue protein). The plates are left undisturbed on the bench top for 120 minutes to reach equilibrium. Non specific binding is assessed in the presence of 1.0 mM of unlabeled ligand, added in 20 ml volume. For test compounds, these are solubilized in 50% dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) and added in 20.0 ml volume to a final incubation volume of 200 ml. Upon completion of biding, the content of each well is filtered off, using a Brandel® cell Harvester
(Gaithersburg, MD) . The radioactivity trapped on the filter disk by the ligand-receptor complex is assessed by liquid scintillation counting in a Packard LS
Counter, with an efficiency of 65% for tritium. The data are analyzed for IC50 values by the LUNDON-2 program for competition (LUNDON SOFTWARE, OH) and the data is displayed in Table I.
Vasopressin V2 Antagonist Activity in Conscious Hydrated Rats;
Conscious hydrated rats are treated with compounds under study from 0.1 to 100 mg/kg orally or vehicle. Two to four rats are used for each compound. One hour later, arginine vasopressin (AVP, antidiuretic hormone, ADH) dissolved in peanut oil is administered at 0.4 mg/kg intraperitoneally. Two rats in each test would not receive arginine vasopressin but only the vehicle (peanut oil) to serve as water-loading control. Twenty minutes later each rat is given 30 mL/kg of deionized water orally by gavage and is placed
individually in a metabolic cage equipped with a funnel and a graduated glass cylinder to collect urine for four hours. Urine volume is measure and osmolality analyzed by use of a Fiske One-Ten osmometer (Fiske Assoc.., Norwood, MA, USA). Urinary sodium, potassium, and chloride are analyzed by use of ion-specific electrodes in a Beckman E3 (Electrolye 3) Analyzer. In the
following results, decreased urine volume and decreased osmolality relative to AVP-control indicates activity. Vasopressin V1 Antagonist Activity in Conscious Rats:
Conscious rats are restrained in a supine position with elastic tape. The area at the base of the tail is locally anesthetized by subcutaneous
infiltration with 2% procaine (0.2 ml). Using aseptic technique to the ventral caudal tail artery is isolated and a cannula made of FE 10 and 20 (heat-fused) tubing is passed into the lower abdominal aorta. The cannula is secured, heparinized (1000 iu/cc), sealed and the wound closed with one or two stitches of Dexon 4-0. The caudal vein is also cannulated in the same manner for intravenous drug administration. The duration of the surgery is approximately 5 minutes. Additional local anesthesia (2% procaine or iidocaine) is provided as needed.
The animals are placed in plastic restraining cages in an upright position. The cannula is attached to a Statham P23Db pressure transducer and pulsatile blood pressure is recorded. Increase of systolic blood pressure responses to arginine vasopressin 0.01 and 0.2 international unit (I.U.) (350 I.U.= 1 mg) injections are recorded prior to any drug (compound)
administration, after which each rat is dosed orally with compounds under study 0.1-100 mg/kg (10 cc/kg) or intravenously 0.1-30 mg/kg (1 cc/kg). The vasopressin injections are repeated 30,60,90,120,180,240 and 300 minutes later. Percentage of antagonism by the compound is calculated using the pre-drug vasopressin vasopressor response as 100%.
Oxytocin Receptor Binding
(a) Membrane Preparation
Female Sprague-Dawley rats weighing approximately 200-250 g are injected intramuscularly (i.m.) with 0.3 mg/kg of body weight of
diethylstilbestrol (DES). The rats are sacrificed 18 hours later under pentobarbital anesthesia. The uteri are dissected out, cleaned of fat and connective tissues and rinsed in 50 ml of normal saline. The tissue pooled from six rats is homogenized in 50 ml of 0.01 mM Tris. HCI, containing C .5 mM dithiothreitol and 1.0 mM EDTA, adjusted to pH 7.4, using a polytron at setting 6 with three passes of 10 sec each. The homogenate is passed through two (2) layers of cheesecloth and the filtrate centrifuged at 1000 × g for 10 minutes. The clear supernatant is removed and recentrifuged at 165,000 × g for 30 minutes. The resulting pellet containing the oxytocin receptors is resuspended in 50.0 mM Tris.HCl containing 5.0 mM MgCl2 at pH 7.4, to give a protein concentration of 2.5 mg/ml of tissue suspension. This preparation is used in subsequent binding assays with [3H] oxytocin.
(b) Radicligand Binding
Binding of 3,5-[3H]Oxytocin ([3H]OT) to its receptors is done in micrctiter plates using [3H]OT, at various concentrations, in an assay buffer of 50.0 mM Tris.HCI, pH 7.4 and containing 5.0 mM MgCl2, and a mixture of protease inhibitors: BSA, 0.1 mg; aprotinin, 1.0 mg; 1,10-phenanthroiine, 2.0 mg; trypsin, 10.0 mg; and PMSF, 0.3 mg per 100 ml of buffer solution. Non-specific binding is determined in the presence of 1.0 uM unlabeled OT. The binding reaction is terminated after 60 minutes, at 22°C, by rapid filtration through glass fiber filters using a Erandel® cell harvester
(Biomedical Research and Development Laboratories, Inc., Gaithersburg, MD). Competition experiments are
conducted at equilibrium using 1.0 nM [3H]OT and varying the concentration of the displacing agents. The concentrations of agent displacing 50% of [3H]OT at its sites (IC50) are calculated by a computer assisted LUNDON-2 program (LUNDON SOFTWARE INC., Ohio, USA).
Binding Assay to Rat Hepatic V1 Receptors and Rat Kidney Medullary V2 Receptors or *Binding to V1 Receptor
Subtype in Human Platelet and **Binding to membranes of Mouse Fibroblast Cell Line (LV-2) Transfected with the cDNA Expressing the Human V2 Receptor
Vasopressin Antidiuretic (V2) Response in Conscious Rats with Free Access to Water Drinking Before But Not During the Experiment :
Male or female normotensive Sprague-Dawley rats (Charles River Laboratories, Inc., Kingston, NY) of 400-450 g of body weight were supplied with Laboratory Rodent Feed #5001 (PMI Feeds, Inc., Richmond, IN) and water ad libitum. On the day of test, rats were placed
individually into metabolic cages equipped with
stainless steel screens (to separate the feces from the urine) and funnels for collection of urine. Compounds, vehicle, or reference agent was given at various oral doses. During the test, rats were provided with no water or food. After dosing, urine was collected in graduated cylinders for four hours. Urine volume was measured. Urinary osmolality was determined using a Fiske One-Ten Osmometer (Fiske Associates, Norwood, MA 02062). An aliquot of each urine collection was analyzed for Na+,K+ and Cl- using ion specific
electrodes a in Beckman E3 (Electrolyte 3) analyzer. The vehicle used for testing compounds was 20%
dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) in 2.5% preboiled starch.
Table IV list results with compounds tested by this procedure.
Compounds were dissolved in DMSO and then diluted in 2.5% corn starch (final concentration of DMSO was 20%). All rats were orally dosed with this mixture at 10mV kg, by gavage.
The compounds of the present invention can be used in the form of salts derived from pharmaceutically or physiologically acceptable acids or bases. These salts include, but are not limited to, the following: salts with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid and, as the case may be, such organic acids as acetic acid, oxalic acid, succinic acid, and maieic acid. Other salts include salts with alkali metals or alkaline earth metals, such as sodium, potassium, calcium cr magnesium or with organic bases. The compounds can also be used in the form of esters, carba.mates and other conventional "pro-drug" forms, which, when administered in such form, convert to the active moiety in vivo .
When the compounds are employed for the above utilities, they may be combined with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, fcr example, solvents, diluents and the like, and may be administered orally in such forms as tablets, capsules, dispersible powders, granules, or suspensions containing, for example, from about 0.05 to 5% of suspending agent, syrups containing, for example, from about 10 to 50% of sugar, and elixirs containing, for example, from about 20 to 50% ethanol, and the like, or parenterally in the form of sterile injectabie solutions cr suspensions containing from about 0.05 to 5% suspending agent in an isotonic medium. Such pharmaceutical preparations may contain, for example, from about 25 to about 90% of the active ingredient in combination with the carrier, more usually between about 5% and 60% by weight.
The effective dosage of active ingredient employed may vary depending on the particular compound employed, the mode of administration and the severity of the condition being treated. However, in general, satisfactory results are obtained when the compounds of the invention are administered at a daily dosage of from about 0.5 to about 500 mg/kg of animal body weight, preferably given in divided doses two to four times a day, or in a sustained release form. For most large mammals the total daily dosage is from about 1 to 100 mg, preferably from about 2 to 80 mg. Dosage forms suitable for internal use comprise from about 0.5 to 500 mg of the active compound in intimate admixture with a solid or liquid pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This dosage regimen may be adjusted to provide the optimal therapeutic response. For example, several divided doses may be administered daily or the dose may be proportionally reduced as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation.
These active compounds may be administered orally as well as by intravenous, intramuscular, or subcutaneous routes. Solid carriers include starch, lactose, dicalcium phosphate, microcrystalline cellulose, sucrose and kaolin, while liquid carriers include sterile water, polyethylene glyccls, non-ionic surfac tants and edible oils such as corn, peanut and sesame oils, as are appropriate to the nature of the active ingredient and the particular form of administration desired. Adjuvants customarily employed in the preparation of pharmaceutical compositions may be advantageously included, such as flavoring agents, coloring agents, preserving agents, and antioxidants, for example, vitamin E, ascorbic acid, BHT and BHA.
The preferred pharmaceutical compositions from the standpoint of ease of preparation and administration are solid compositions, particularly tablets and hard-filled or liquid-filled capsules. Oral administration of the compounds is preferred.
These active compounds may also be administered parenterally or intraperitoneally. Solutions or suspensions of these active compounds as a free base or pharmacologically acceptable salt can be prepared in water suitably mixed with a surfactant such as hydroxypropylcellulose. Dispersions can also be prepared in glycerol, liquid, polyethylene glycols and mixtures thereof in oils. Under ordinary conditions of storage and use, these preparations contain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms.
The pharmaceutical forms suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectabie solutions or dispersions. In all cases, the form must be sterile and must be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exits. It must be stable under conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacterial and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol (e.g., glycerol, propylene glycol and liquid polyethylene glycol), suitable mixtures thereof, and vegetable oil. The new tricyclic non-peptide vasopressin antagonists of this invention are useful in treating conditions where decreased vasopressin levels are desired, such as in congestive heart failure, in disease conditions with excess renal water reabsorption and in conditions with increased vascular resistance and coronary vasoconstriction.
In particular, the vasopressin antagonists of this invention are therapeutically useful in the treatment and/or prevention of hypertension, cardiac insufficiency, coronary vasospasm, cardiac ischemia, renal vasospasm, liver cirrhosis, congestive heart failure, nephritic syndrome, brain edema, cerebral ischemia, cerebral hemorrhage-stroke, thrombosis-bleeding and abnormal states of water retention.
In particular, the oxytocin antagonists of this invention are useful in the prevention of preterm labor and premature birth which is a significant cause of infant health problems and infant mortality.

Claims

We claim:
1. A compound selected from thoseof Formula I:
wherein Y is selected from (CH2)n, O, S, NH, NCOCH3, N-lower alkyl (C1-C3), CH-lower alkyl(C1-C3), CHNH-lower alkyl(C1-C3), CHNH2, CHN[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2, CHO-Iower alkyl(C1-C3), CHS-lower alkyl(C1-C3),
wherein n is an integer from 0-2;
A-B is or
wherein m is an integer from 1-2, provided that when Y is -(CH2)n- and n=2, m may also be zero and when n is zero, m may also be three, provided also that when Y is
-(CH2)n- and n is 2, m may not also be two;
R1 is hydrogen, halogen (chlorine, bromine, fluorine, iodine), OH, -S-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -SH, -SO lower alkyl(C1-C3), -SO2 lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CF3, lower alkyl(C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -NO2, -NH2, -NHCO lower alkyl(C1-C3), -N-
[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2, -SO2NH2, -SO2NH lower alkyl
(C1-C3), or -SO2N[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2 ;
R2 is hydrogen, Cl, Br, F, I, -OH, lower alkyl(C1-C3),
O-lower alkyl(C2-C3), or R1 and R2 taken together are methylenedioxy cr ethylenedioxy; R3 is the moiety
wherein Ar is a moiety selected from, the group
and X is O, S , -NCH3 or -NH
R4 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3);
R5 and R7 are selected from hydrogen, (C1-C3) lower alkyl, (C1-C3)lower alkoxy and halogen
R6 is selected from (a) moieties of the formula:
wherein cycloalkyl is defined as C3 to C6 cycloalkyl, cyclohexenyl or cyclopentenyl; Ra is hydrogen, CH3, C2H5, moieties of the formulae: , ,
,
-(CH2)2-O-lower alkyl(C1-C3) or -CH2CH2OH; q is one, two or three; Rb is hydrogen, -CH3 or -C2H5; and
(b) a moiety of the formula:
-X-R10, wherein R10 is lower alkyl(C3-C8), lower alkenyl(C3-C8), -(CH2)p-cycloalkyl (C3-C6),
,
and p is zero to three;
X is O, S, NH, NCH3, or a bond
and R5 and R7 are as previously defined,
(c) a moiety of the formula: wherein J is Ra, lower alkyl (C3-C8) branched or unbranched, lower alkenyl(C3-C8) branched cr unbranched, -O-lower alkyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, -O-lower alkenyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, the moieties
or -CH2-K' wherein K' is halogen, -OH, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene or the heterocyclic ring moiety:
wherein D, E, F and G are selected from carbon or nitrogen and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted with halogen, (C1-C3) lower alkyl, hydroxy, -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), CHO, (C1-C3)lower alkoxy, -CO2- lower alkyl(C1-C3), and Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined;
(d) a moiety selected from those of the formulae:
wherein Rc is selected from halogen, (C1-C3)lower alkyl, -O-lower alkyl(C1-C3) and OH; Rb is as hereinbefore defined;
wherein Ar' is selected from the group:
R3 and R9 are independently hydrogen, lower alkyl (C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), S-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CF3, -CN, -OH, -SCF3, -OCF3, halogen, NO2, amino, or -NH-lower alkyl(C1-C3); -N-[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2,
-N(Rb) (CH2)q-N(Rb)2;
W' is selected from O, S, NH, N-lower alkyl (C1-C3), -NCO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), or NSO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3) R25 is selected from the moieties
represents: (1) phenyl or substituted phenyl optionally substituted by one or two substituents selected from (C1-C3)lower alkyl, halogen, amino, (C1-C3)lower alkoxy, and (C1-C3)lower alkylamino; (2) a 5-membered aromatic (unsaturated) heterocyclic ring having one heteroatom selected from O, N and S; (3) a 6-membered aromatic (unsaturated) heterocyclic ring naving one nitrogen atom; (4) a 5 or 6-membered aromatic (unsaturated) heterocyclic ring having two nitrogen atoms; (5) a 5-membered aromatic (unsaturated) heterocyclic ring having one nitrogen atom together with either one oxygen or one sulfur atom; wherein the 5 or 6-membered heterocyclic rings are optionally substituted by (C1-C3)lower alkyl, formyl, a moiety of the formula:
halogen or (C1-C3)lower alkoxy; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters and pro-drug forms thereof.
2. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein
represents a phenyl ring optionally substituted by one or two substituents selected from (C1-C3)lower alkyl, halogen, amino, (C1-C3)lower alkoxy and (C1-C3)lower alkyl amino and n, m, W , X, Y, A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9 , R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 1.
3. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein
represents a 6-membered aromatic (unsaturated)
heterocyclic ring having one nitrogen heteroatom and n, m, W\ X, Y, A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 1.
4. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein
represents a 6-membered aromatic (unsaturated)
heterocyclic ring having two nitrogen heteroatoms and Y, A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 1.
5. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein
represents a 5-membered aromatic (unsaturated)
heterocyclic ring having one sulfur heteroatom and Y, A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 1.
6. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein
represents a 5-membered aromatic (unsaturated)
heterocyclic ring having one oxygen heteroatom and Y, A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R3, R4 , R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 1.
7. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein
represents a 5-membered aromatic (unsaturated)
heterocyclic ring having one nitrogen heteroatom and Y, A-3, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R3, R4 , R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 1.
8. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein
represents a 5-membered aromatic (unsaturated)
heterocyclic ring having one nitrogen heteroatom and Y, A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R3, R4 , R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 1.
9. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein
represents a fused 5-membered aromatic (unsaturated) heterocyclic ring having one nitrogen and one sulfur heteroatom and Y, A-E, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R3, R4 , R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 1.
10. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein
represents a 5-membered aromatic (unsaturated)
heterocyclic ring having one nitrogen and one oxygen heteroatom and V, A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R2 , R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 1.
11. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein
represents a phenyl ring, optionally substituted by one cr two substituents selected from (C1-C3) lower alkyl, halogen, amino, (C1-C3)lower alkoxy and (C1-C3)lower alkyl amino, Y in selected from -CH2-,
and A-E, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 1.
12. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein
represents a 6-membered aromatic (unsaturated)
heterocyclic ring having one nitrogen heteroatom, Y is selected from -CH2-, and A-B,Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R3 , R4 , R5, R6 , R7 , R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 1.
13. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein represents a 6-membered aromatic (unsaturated)
heterocyclic ring having two nitrogen heteroatoms, Y is selected from -CH2-,
and A-B,Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R3, R4 , R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 1.
14. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein represents a 5-membered aromatic (unsaturated)
heterocyclic ring having one sulfur heteroatom wherein Y is selected from -CH2-,
and A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 1.
15. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein
represents a 5-membered aromatic (unsaturated)
heterocylic ring having one oxygen heteroatom wherein Y is selected from -CH2-,
and A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 1.
16. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein
represents a 5-membered aromatic (unsaturated)
heterocyclic ring having one nitrogen heteroatom, Y is selected from -CH2-,
and A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 1.
17. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein represents a 5-membered aromatic (unsaturated)
heterocylic ring having two nitrogen heteroatoms, Y is selected from -CH2-,
and A-B , Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R2 5 are as previously def ined in Claim 1 .
18 . A compound according to Claim wherein
represents a 5-membered aromatic (unsaturated)
heterocyclic ring having one nitrogen and one sulfur heteroatom, Y is selected from -CH2-,
and A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 1.
19. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein represents a 5-membered aromatic (unsaturated)
heterocyclic ring having one nitrogen and one oxygen heteroatom, Y is selected from -CH2-,
and A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 1.
20. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein
represents a phenyl ring, optionally substituted by one or two substituents selected from (C1-C3)lower alkyl, halogen, amino, (C1-C3)lower alkoxy and (C1-C3)lower alkyl amino, Y is -(CH2)n, n is zero and A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R2 , R3 , R4 , R5, R6, R7 , R8 , R9, R10 , R25 are as
previously defined in Claim 1.
21. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein
represents a 6-membered aromatic (unsaturated)
heterocyclic ring having one nitrogen heteroatom, Y is (CH2)n/ n is zero and A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 1.
22. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein
represents a 6-membered aromatic (unsaturated)
heterocyclic ring having two nitrogen heteroatoms, Y is -(CH2)n, n is zero and A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 1.
23. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein
represents a 5-membered aromatic (unsaturated)
heterocyclic ring having one sulfur heteroatom, Y is - (CH2)n, n is zero and A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 1.
24. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein
represents a 5-membered aromatic (unsaturated)
heterocyclic ring having one oxygen heteroatom, Y is - (CH2)n, n is zero and A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 1.
25. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein
represents a 5-membered aromatic (unsaturated) heterocyclic ring having one nitrogen heteroatom, Y is (CH2)n, n is zero and A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 1.
26. A compound according to claim 1 wherein
represents a 5-membered aromatic (unsaturated)
heterocyclic ring having two nitrogen heteroatoms, Y is -(CH2)n, n is zero and A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 1.
27. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein
represents a 5-membered aromatic (unsaturated)
heterocyclic ring having one nitrogen and one sulfur heteroatom, Y is -(CH2)n, n is zero and A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 1.
28. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein
represents a 5-membered aromatic (unsaturated)
heterocyclic ring having one nitrogen and one oxygen heteroatom, Y is -(CH2)n, n is zero and A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 1.
29. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein
represents a phenyl or substituted phenyl ring, Y is selected from O, S, NH, NCOCH3 and N-lower alkyl (C1-C3) and and A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 1.
30. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein
represents a 6-membered aromatic (unsaturated)
heterocyclic ring having one nitrogen heteroatom, Y is selected from O, S, NH, NCOCH3 and N-lower alkyl (C1-C3) and A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 1.
31. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein
represents a 6-membered aromatic (unsaturated)
heterocyclic ring having two nitrogen heteroatoms, Y is selected from O, S, NH, NCOCH3, and N-lower alkyl
(C1-C3) and A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 1.
32. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein represents a 5-membered aromatic (unsaturated)
heterocyclic ring having one sulfur heteroatom, Y is selected from O, S, NH, NCOCH3, and N-lower alkyl
(C1-C3) and A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 1.
33. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein
represents a 5-membered aromatic (unsaturated)
heterocyclic ring having one oxygen heteroatom, Y is selected from O, S, NH, NCOCH3 and N-lower alkyl (C1-C3) and A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 1.
34. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein
represents a 5-membered aromatic (unsaturated)
heterocyclic ring having one nitrogen heteroatom, Y is selected from O, S, NH, NCOCH3 and N-lower alkyl (C1-C3) and A-3, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 1.
35. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein
represents a 5-membered aromatic (unsaturated)
heterocyclic ring having two nitrogen heteroatoms, Y is selected from O, S, NH, NCOCH3 and N-lower alkyl (C1-C3) and A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 1.
36. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein
represents a 5-membered aromatic (unsaturated)
heterocyclic ring having one nitrogen and one sulfur heteroatom, Y is selected from O, S, NH, NCOCH3 and N-lower alkyl (C1-C3) and A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 1.
37. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein
represents a 5-membered aromatic (unsaturated)
heterocyclic ring having one nitrogen and one oxygen heteroatom, Y is selected from O, S, NH, NCOCH3 and N- lower alkyl (C1-C3) and A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 1.
38. A compound according to Claim wherein Y is selected from -(CH2)n-,
wherein n is an integer zero or one;
R3 is the moiety wherein Ar is a moiety selected from the group
and Rδ is selected from the group ,
wherein Ar' is selected from the group
W is O or S; A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R4, R5, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25, X, cycloalkyl and
are as previously defined in Claim 1.
39. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein Y is selected from -CH,-,
R3 is the moiety
wherein Ar is a moiety selected from the group
and R6 is selected from the group
wherein Ar' is selected from the group
W is O or S; A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R4, R5, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25, X and cycloalkyl and are as previously defined in Claim 1.
40. a compound according to Claim 1 wherein Y is selected from -CH2-,
R3 is the moiety wherein Ar is a moiety selected from the group
and R6 is selected from the group
wherein Ar' is selected from the group
, ;
,
and W is O or S; and represents a phenyl ring optionally substituted by one or two substituents selected from (C1-C3)lower alkyl, halogen, amino, (C1-C3)lower alkoxy and (C1-C3)lower alkyl amino and A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R1, R4, R5, R7, R8, R9,
R10, R25, X and cycloalkyl are as previously defined in
Claim 1.
41. A compound according to claim 1 wherein Y is -(CH2)n-, wherein n is an integer zero;
R3 is the moiety
wherein Ar is a moiety selected from the group
and R6 is selected from the group
wherein Ar' is selected from the group
and W is O or S; and represents a phenyl ring optionally substituted by one or two substituents selected from (C1-C3)lower alkyl, halogen, amino, (C1-C3)lower alkyl amino and A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R4, R5, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25, X and cycloalkyl are as previously defined in Claim 1.
42. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein Y is selected from O, S, NH, NCOCH3 and N-lower alkyl (C1-C3);
R3 is the moiety wherein Ar is a moiety selected from the group
and R6 is selected from the group
wherein Ar' is selected from the group
and W is O or S; and represents a phenyl ring optionally substituted by one or two substituents selected from (C1-C3)lower alkyl, halogen, amino, (C1-C3)lower alkoxy and (C1-C3)lower alkyl amino and A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R4, R5, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25, X and cycloalkyl are as previously defined in Claim 1.
43. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein Y is -(CH2)n-; n is an integer zero;
R3 is the moiety
wherein Ar is a moiety selected from the group
and R6 is selected from the group
wherein Ar' is selected from the group and W is O or S; and represents a 6-membered aromatic (unsaturated)
heterocyclic ring having one nitrogen heteroatom A-B, Ra,
Rb, R1, R2, R4, R5, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25, X and
cycloalkyl are as previously defined in Claim 1.
44. A compound according to claim 1 wherein Y is -CH2-;
R3 is the moiety wherein Ar is a moiety selected from the group
and R6 is selected from the group
wherein Ar'; is selected from the group
and W is O or S; and
represents a 6-membered aromatic (unsaturated)
heterocyclic ring having one nitrogen heteroatom
A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R4, R5, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25, X and cycloalkyl are as previously defined in Claim 1.
45. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein Y is -(CH2)n _; n is an integer zero;
R3 is the moiety wherein Ar is a moiety selected from the group
and R6 is selected from the group wherein Ar' is selected from the group
and W is O or S; and represents a 5-membered aromatic (unsaturated) heterocyclic ring having one sulfur heteroatom A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R4, R5, R7, R8, R9 , R10, R25, X and cycloalkyl are as previously defined in Claim 1.
46. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein is -CH2-;
R3 is the moiety wherein Ar is a moiety selected from the group
and R6 is selected from the group
wherein Ar' is selected from the group
and W is O or S; and represents a 5-membered aromatic (unsaturated)
heterocyclic ring having one sulfur heteroatom A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R4, R5, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25, X and
cycloalkyl are as previously defined in Claim 1.
47. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein Y is selected from O, S, NH, NCOCH3, N-lower alkyl
(C1-C3);
R3 is the moiety wherein Ar is a moiety selected from the group
and R6 is selected from the group
wherein Ar' is selected from the group
and W is O or S; and
represents a 5-membered aromatic (unsaturated) heterocyclic ring having one sulfur heteroatom A-B, Ra, Rb, R1, R2, R4, R5, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25, X and cycloalkyl are as previously defined in Claim 1.
48. A compound selected from those of the formulae:
wherein m is an integer one or two; R1 is hydrogen, halogen (chlorine, bromine, fluorine, iodine), OH, S-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -SH, -SO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -SO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CF3, lower alkyl(C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -NO2, -NH2, -NHCO lower alkyl(C1-C3), -N-[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2, -SO2NH2; -SO2NH lower alkyl (C1-C3), or -SO2N[lower alkyl(C1-C3)];
R2 is hydrogen, Cl, Bre, F, I, -OH, lower alkyl(C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), or R1 and R2 taken together are methylenedioxy or ethylenedioxy;
R3 is the moiety: wherein Ar is selected from moieties of the formula:
R5 and R7 are selected from hydrogen, (C1-C3)lower alkyl, (C1-C3)lower alkoxy and halogen.
R6 is selected from (a) moieties of the formula: wherein cycloalkyl is defined as C3 to C6 cycloalkyl cyclohexenyl cr cyclopentenyl; Ra is hydrogen, CH3, C2H5, moieties of the formulae:
-(CH2)2-O-lower alkyl(C1-C3) or -CH2CH2OH; q is one, two or three; Rb is hydrogen, -CH3 or -C2H5; and
(b) a moiety of the formula:
-X-R10, wherein R10 is lower alkyl(C3-C8), lower alkenyl(C3-C8), -(CH2) p-cycloalkyl(C3-C6),
and p is zero to three;
X is O, S, NH, NCH3,
R5 and R7 are as previously defined,
(c) a moiety of the formula: wherein J is Ra, lower alkyl (C3-C8) branched or unbranched, lower alkenyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, -O-lower alkyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, -O-lower alkenyl (C3-C8) branched or unbranched, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene,
the moieties
or -CH2-K' wherein K' is halogen, -OH, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene or the heterocyclic ring moiety:
wherein D, E, F and G are selected from carbon or nitrogen and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted with halogen, (C1-C3) lower alkyl, hydroxy,
-CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), CHO, (C1-C3) lower alkoxy, -CO2- lower alkyl(C1-C3), and Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined;
(d) a moiety selected from those of the formulae:
wherein Rc is selected from halogen, (C1-C3) lower alkyl -O-lower alkyl(C1-C3) and OH, Rb is as hereinbefore defined;
Ar' is a moiety selected from the group
R8 and R9 are independently hydrogen, lower alkyl (C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), S-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CF3, -CN, -OH, -SCF3, -OCF3, halogen, NO2, amino, or NH-lower alkyl(C1-C3); N-[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2,
-N(Rb) (CH2)q-N(Rb)2;
R25 is selected from the moieties
W is O, S, NH, N-lower alkyl(C1-C3), NCO-lower alkyl(C1-C3) or NSO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3) or NSO2 lower alkyl(C1-C3) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
49. A compound selected from those of the formula:
wherein V is selected from O, S, NH, and N-lower alkyl(C1-C3);
R1 is hydrogen, halogen (chlorine, bromine, fluorine, iodine), OH, S-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -SH, -SO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -SO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CO-lower alkyl (C1-C3), -CF3, lower alkyl(C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3: -NO2, -NH2, -NHCO lower alkyl(C1-C3), -N-[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2, -NH lower alkyl(C1-C3) -SO2NH2; -SO2NH lower alkyl(C1-C3), or -SO2N[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2;
R2 is hydrogen, Cl, Br , F, I, -OH, lower alkyl(C1-C3),
O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), or R1 and R2 taken together are methylenedioxy or ethylenedioxy;
R3 is the moiety: wherein Ar is selected from moieties of the formula:
R5 and R7 are selected from hydrogen, (C1-C3)lower alkyl, (C1-C3)lower alkoxy and halogen;
R6 is selected from (a) moieties of the formula:
wherein cycloalkyl is defined as C3 to C6 cycloalkyl cyclohexenyl or cyclopentenyl; Ra is hydrogen, CH3, C2H5, moieties of the formulae:
- (CH2)2-O-lower alkyl(C1-C3) or -CH2CH2OH; q is one, two or three Rb is hydrogen, -CH3 or -C2H5;and
(b) a moiety of the formula:
-X-R10, wherein R10 is lower alkyl(C3-C8), lower alkenyl (C3-C8), -(CH2)p-cycloalkyl (C3-C6)-
and p is zero to three;
X is O, S, NH, NCH3 and R5 and R7 are as previously defined.
(c) a moiety of the formula: wherein J is Ra, lower alkyl (C3-C8) branched or unbranched, lower alkenyl (C3-C8) branched or unbranched, -O-lower alkyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, -O-lower alkenyl (C3-C8) branched or unbrancned, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene,
the moieties
or -CH2-K' wherein K' is halogen, -OH, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene or the heterocyclic ring moiety:
wherein D, E, F and G are selected from carbon or nitrogen and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted with halogen, (C1-C3) lower alkyl, hydroxy,
-CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), CHO, (C1-C3) lower alkoxy, -CO2- lower alkyl(C1-C3), and Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined;
( d ) a moiety selected from those of the formulae :
wherein Rc is selected from halogen, (C1-C3)lower alkyl -O-lower alkyl(C1-C3) and OH, Rb is as hereinbefore defined;
Ar' is a moiety selected from the group
R8 and R9 are independently hydrogen, lower alkyl (C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), S-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CF3, -CN, -OH, -SCF3, -OCF3, halogen, NO2, amino, or NH-lower alkyl(C1-C3); N-[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2,
-N(Rb) (CH2)q-N(Rb)2;
R25 is selected from the moieties
W is O, S, NH, N-lower alkyl(C1-C3), NCO-lower
alkyl(C1-C3) or NSO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3) or NSO2 lower alkyl(C1-C3) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
50. The compound according to claim 1, N-[5- [(6,11-Dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,e]azepin-5-yl)carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl][1,1'biphenyl]-2-carboxamide.
51. The compound according to claim 1, N-[5-[(6,11-Dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,e]azepin-5-yl)carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]-2-dimethylamino pyridine-3-carboxamide.
52. The compound according to claim 1, N-[5-[(9,10-Dihydro-4H-thieno[2 ,3-c][1]benzazepin-9-yl)carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide.
53. The compound according to claim 1, N-[5-[(9,10-Dihydro-4H-thieno[2,3-c][1]benzazepin-9-yl)carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]-2-dimethylamino pyridine-3-carboxamide.
54. The compound according to claim 1, N-[5-[(4,10-Dihydro-5H-thieno[3,2-c][1]benzazepin-5-yl)carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide.
55. The compound according to claim 1, N-[5[(4 ,10-Dihydro-5H-thieno[3,2-c][1]benzazepin-5-yl)carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]-2-dimethylamino pyridine-3-carboxamide.
56. The compound according to claim 1, N-[5- [9,10-Dihydro-4H-thieno[2,3-c][1]benzazepin-9-yl)carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]-5-fluoro-2-methylbenzamide.
57. The compound according to claim 1, N-[5-[4,10-Dihydro-5H-thieno[3,2,-c][1]benzazepin-5-yl)carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]-5-fluoro-2-methylbenzamide.
58. The compound according to claim 1, N-[5-[(4,5-Dihydropyrazolo[4,3-d][1]benzazepin-6(1H)-yl)carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]-2-dimethylamino pyridine-3-carboxamide.
59. The compound according to claim 1, N-[5-[(4,5-Dihydropyrazolo[4,3-d][1]benzazepin-6(1H-yl)carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]-5-fluoro-2-methylbenzamide.
60. The compound according to claim 1, N-[5(pyrido[2,3-b][1,4]benzoxazepin-5-(6H)-ylcarbonyl)-2-pyrdinyl]-5-fluoro-2-methyl benzamide.
61. A pharmaceutical composition useful for treating diseases characterized by excess renal
reabsorption of water as well as congestive heart failure, liver cirrhosis, nephrotic syndrome, central nervous system injuries, lung disease and hyponatremia in a mammal comprising a suitable pharmaceutical carrier and an effective amount of a compound of claim 1.
62. A method of treating diseases characterized by excess renal reabsorption of water as well as congestive heart failure, liver cirrhosis, nephrotic syndrome, central nervous system injuries, lung disease and hyponatremia in a mammal comprising administering a compound of Claim 1 to said mammal in an amount effective to alleviate the disease.
63. A process for preparing a compound of the formula :
wherein Y is (CH2)n, O, S. NH, NCOCH3, N-lower alkyl (C1-C3), CH-lower alkyl(C1-C3), CHNH-lower alkyl (C1- C3), CHNH2, CHN[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2, CHO-lower
alkyl(C1-C3), CHS-lower (C1-C3), wherein n is an integer from 0-2; A-B is
wherein m is an integer from 1-2, provided that when Y is -(CH2)n- and n=2, m may also be zero and when n is zero, m may also be three, provided also that when Y is -(CH2)n- and n is 2, m may not also be two;
R1 is selected from the group of hydrogen, halogen
(chlorine, bromine, fluorine, iodine), OH, -S-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -SK, -SO lower alkyl(C1-C3), -SO2 lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CF3, lower alkyl(C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -NO2, -NH2, -NHCO lower alkyl(C1-C3), -N-[lower alkyl(C1-C3) ]2, -SO2NH2, -SO2NH lower alkyl(C1-C3), -SO2N [lower alkyl(C1-C3)] 2 ;
R2 is selected from the group of hydrogen, Cl, Br, F, I,
-OH, lower alkyl(C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), or R1 and
R2 taken together are methylenedioxy or ethylenedioxy;
R3 is the moiety
wherein Ar is a moiety selected from the group
R4 is hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1-C3); -CO-lower alkyl
(C1-C3);
R5 and R7 are selected from the group, hydrogen, (C1-C3)lower alkyl, (C1-C3)lower alkoxy and halogen R6 is selected from (a) moieties of the formulae:
wherein cycloalkyl is defined as C3 to C6 cycloalkyl cyclohexenyl or cyclopentenyl; Ra is hydrogen, CH3, C2H5, moieties of the formulae:
-(CH2)2-O-lower alkyl(C1-C3) or -CH2CH2OH; q is one, two cr three; Rb is hydrogen, -CH3 or -C2H5;
and (b) a moiety cf the formula:
-X-R10 is lower alkyl(C3-C8), lower alkenyl(C3-C8),
-(CH2)p -cycloalkyl(C3-C6),
and p is zero to three;
X is O, S, NH, NCH3, and R5 and R7 are as previously defined,
(c) a moiety of the formula: wherein J is Ra, lower alkyl(C3-C8) branched or
unbranched, lower alkenyl (C3-C8) branched or unbranched, -O-lower alkyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, -O-lower alkenyl (C3-C8) branched or unbranched, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, the moieties
or -CH2-K wherein K is halogen, -OH, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene or the heterocyclic ring moiety:
- wherein D, E, F and G are selected from carbon or nitrogen and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted with iialogen, (C1-C3)lower alkyl, hydroxy,
-CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), CHO, (C1-C3)lower alkoxy, -CO2- lower alkyl(C1-C3), and Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined;
(d) a moiety selected from those of the formulae:
X wherein Rc is selected from halogen, (C1-C3)lower alkyl
-O-lower alkyl(C1-C3) and OH; Rb is as hereinbefore defined;
wherein Ar ' is selected from the group
R8 and R9 are independently hydrogen, lower alkyl (C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), S-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CF3, -CN, -OH, -SCF3, -OCF3, halogen, NO2, amino, or -NH-lower alkyl(C1-C3); -N-[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2, -N(Rb) (CH2)q -N(Rb)2;
R25 is selected from the moieties
W is selected from O, S, NH, N-lower alkyl (C1-C3), -NCO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), or NSO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3); the moiety
represents: (1) phenyl cr substituted phenyl optionally substituted by one or two substituents selected from (C1-C3)lower alkyl, halogen, amino, (C1-C3)lower alkoxy, and (C1-C3)lower alkylamino; (2) a 5-membered aromatic (unsaturated) heterocyclic ring having one heteroatom selected from O, N and S; (3) a 6-membered aromatic (unsaturated) heterocyclic ring having one nitrogen atom; (4) a 5 or 6-membered aromatic (unsaturated) heterocyclic ring having two nitrogen atoms; (5) a 5-membered aromatic (unsaturated) heterocyclic ring having one nitrogen atom together with either one oxygen or one sulfur atom; wherein the 5 or 6-membered heterocyclic rings are optionally substituted by (C1-C3)lower alkyl, formyl, a moiety of the formula:
halogen or (C1-C3)lower alkoxy;
which comprises reacting a compound of the formulae:
or
with a compound of the formula:
wherein the moiety represented by the formula is an aroyl chloride or an aryl carboxylic acid which has been activated by conversion to a mixed anhydride or
activated with a peptide coupling reagent to give compounds of the Formula I.
64. A compound selected from those of the formula:
wherein R1 is hydrogen, halogen (chlorine, bromine, fluorine, iodine), OH, S-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -SH, -SO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -SO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CF3, lower alkyl(C1-C3), O-lower
alkyl(C1-C3), -NO2, -NH2. -NHCO lower alkyl(C1-C3), -N-[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2, -SO2NH2; -SO2NH lower
alkyl(C1-C3), or -SO2N[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2;
R2 is hydrogen, Cl, Br, F, I, -OH, lower alkyl(C1-C3),
O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), or R1 and R2 taken together are methylenedioxy or ethylenedioxy;
R3 is the moiety: wherein Ar is selected from moieties of the formulae: and X is O, S, -NCH3, or -NH:
R is independently selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1-C3),
-(CH2)q-OH, -(CH2)q-O-alkyl(C1-C3); q is one, two or three;
R4 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3),
R5 and R7 are selected from hydrogen, (C1-C3)lower alkyl, (C1-C3)lower alkoxy and halogen; R6 is selected from (a) moieties of the formulae:
-
- - wherein cycloalkyl is defined as C3 to C6 cycloalkyl, cyclohexenyl or cyclopentenyl; Ra is hydrogen, CH3 , C2H5, moieties of the formulae:
-(CH2)2 -O- lower alkyl(C1-C3) or -CH2CH2OH; q is one, two or three; Rb is hydrogen, -CH3 or -C2H5;
and (b) a moiety of the formula:
-X-R10; wherein R10 is lower alkyl(C3-C8), lower alkenyl (C3-C8), -(CH2)p-cycloalkyl(C3-C6),
and p is zero to three:
X is O, S, NH, NCH3, or a bond
and R5 and R7 are as previously defined,
(c) a moiety of the formula: wherein J is Ra, lower alkyl(C3-C8) branched or
unbranched, lower alkenyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, -O-lower alkyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, -O-lower alkenyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene,
the moieties
or -CH2-K' wherein K' is halogen, -OH, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene or the heterocyclic ring moiety: wherein D, E, F and G are selected from carbon or nitrogen and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionallysubstituted with halogen, (C1-C3)lower alkyl, hydroxy, -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), CHO, (C1-C3)lower alkoxy, -CO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3), and Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined;
(d) a moiety selected from those of the formulae:
. -S -lower alkyl(C1-C3)
, - wherein Rc is selected from halogen, (C1-C3)lower alkyl
-O-lower alkyl(C1-C3) and OH; Rb is as hereinbefore defined;
wherein Ar' is selected from the group:
R8 and R9 are independently hydrogen, lower alkyl
(C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), S-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CF3, -CN, -OH, -SCF3, -OCF3, halogen, NO2, amino, or -NH-lower alkyl(C1-C3); N-[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2,
-N(Rb) (CH2)q -N{Rb)2;
R25 is selected from the moieties.
W' is selected from O, S. NH, N-lower alkyl(C1-C3),
-NCO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), or NSO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3); and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
65. A compound selected from those of the formula:
wherein R1 is hydrogen, halogen (chlorine, bromine, fluorine, iodine), OH, S-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -SH, -SO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -SO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CF3, lower alkyl(C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -NO2, -NH2. -NHCO lower alkyl(C1-C3), -N-[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2, -SO2NH2; -SO2NH lower alkyl(C1-C3), or -SO2N[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2;
R2 is hydrogen, Cl, Br, F, I, -OH, lower alkyl(C1-C3),
O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), or R1 and P2 taken together are methylenedioxy or ethylenedioxy;
R3 is the moiety: wherein Ar is selected from moieties of the formula:
R is independently selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl (C1-C3),
-(CH2)q-OH, -(CH2)q-O-alkyl(C1-C3); q is one or two;
R4 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3);
R5 and R7 are selected from hydrogen, (C1-C3)lower alkyl, (C1-C3)lower alkoxy and halogen
R6 is selected from (a) moieties of the formula: yi
wherein cycloalkyl is defined as C3 to C6 cycloalkyl, cyclohexenyl or cyclopentenyl; Ra is hydrogen, CH3, C2H5, moieties of the formulae:
-(CH2)2-O-lower alkyl(C1-C3) or -CH2CH2OH; q is one, two or three; Rb is hydrogen, -CH3 or -C2H5;
and (b) a moiety of the formula:
-X-R10; wherein R10 is lower alkyl(C3-C8), lower alkenyl
(C3-C8), -(CH2)p-cycloalkyl(C3-C6),
and p is zero to three:
X is O, S, NH, NCH3, or a bond
and R5 and R7 are as previously defined
(c) a moiety of the formula: wherein J is Ra, lower alkyl(C3-C8) branched or
unbranched, lower alkenyl{C3-C8) branched cr unbranched, -O-lower alkyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, -O-lower alkenyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene,
the moieties
or -CH2-K' wherein K' is halogen, -OH, tetrahyrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene or the heterocyclic ring moiety: wherein D. E, F and G are selected from carbon or nitrogen and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted with halogen, (C1-C3)lower alkyl, hydroxy,
-CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), CHO, (C1-C3)lower alkoxy, -CO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3), and Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined;
( d ) a moiety selected from those of the formulae :
, -S-lower alkyl(C 1-C3)
χ\ wherein Rc is selected from halogen, (C1-C3)lower alkyl -O-lower alkyl(C1-C3) and OH; Rb is as hereinbefore defined;
wherein Ar' is selected from the group:
R8 and R9 are independently hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), S-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CF3 -CN, -OH, -SCF3, -OCF3, halogen, NO2, amino, or -NH-lower alkyl(C1-C3); -N-[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2,
-N(Rb) (CH2)q-N(Rb)2;
R25 is selected from the moieties
W is selected from O, S, NH, N-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -NCO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), or NSO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3); and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
66. A compound selected from those of the formula
wherein R1 is hydrogen, halogen (chlorine, bromine, fluorine, iodine), OH, S-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -SH, -SO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -SO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CF3, lower alkyl(C1-C3), O-lower
alkyl(C1-C3), -NO2, -NH2, -NHCO lower alkyl(C1-C3), -N- [lower alkyl(C1-C3)) 2 , -SO2NH2; -SO2NH lower
alkyl(C1-C3), or -SO2N[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2;
R2 is hydrogen, Cl, Br, F, I, -OH, lower alkyl(C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), or R1 and R2 taken together are methylenedioxy or ethylenedioxy;
R3 is the moiety: wherein Ar is selected from moieties of the formula:
R is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen lower alkyl(C1-C3),
-(CH2)q-OH, -(CH2)q-O-alkyl(C1-C3); q is one or two; R4 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3);
R5 is hydrogen, -CH3.-C2H5, Cl, Er, F, -O-CH3, or -O-C2H5; R5 and R7 are selected from hydrogen, (C1-C3)lower alkyl, (C1-C3)lower alkoxy and halo'gen:
R6 is selected from (a) moieties of the formula: '
wherein cycloalkyl is defined as C3 to C6 cycloalkyl cyclohexenyl or cyclopentenyl; Ra is hydrogen, CH3, C2H5, moieties of the formulae:
-(CH2)2-O-lower alkyl(C1-C3) or -CH2CH2OH; q is one, two or three; Rb is hydrogen, -CH3 or -C2H5;
and (b) a moiety of the formula:
-X-R10; wherein R10 is lower alkyl(C3-C8), lower alkenyl (C3-C8), -(CH2)p-cycloalkyl(C3-C6),
and p is zero to three:
X is O, S. NH, NCH3, or a bond
and R5 and R7 are as previously defined
(c) a moiety of the formula: wherein J is Ra, lower alkyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, lower alkenyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, -O- lower alkyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, -O-lower alkenyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene,
the moieties
or -CH2-K' wherein K" is halogen, -OH, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene cr the heterocyclic ring moiety:
wherein D, E, F and G are selected from carbon or nitroαen and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted with halogen, (C1-C3)lower alkyl, hydroxy, -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), CHO, (C1-C3)lower alkoxy, -CO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3), and Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined;
(d) a moiety selected from those of the formulae:
,
, -S-lower alkyl(C1-C3)
,
,
wherein Rc is selected from halogen, (C1-C3)lower alkyl, -O-lower alkyl(C1-C3) and OH; Rb is as hereinbefore defined;
wherein Ar; is selected from the group:
R8 and R9 are independently hydrogen, lower alkyl (C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), S-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CF3, -CN, -OH, -SCF3, -OCF3, halogen, NO2, amino, or -NH-lower alkyl(C1-C3); -N-[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2, -N(Rb) (CH2)q-N(Rb)2;
R25 is selected from the moieties
W is selected from O, S. NH, N-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -NCO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), or NSO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3); and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
67. A compound selected from those of the formula:
and
wherein R1 is hydrogen, halogen (chlorine, bromine, fluorine, iodine), OH, S-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -SH, -SO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -SO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CF3, lower alkyl(C1-C3), O-lower
alkyl(C1-C3), -NO2, -NH2, -NHCO lower alkyl(C1-C3), -N-[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2, -SO2NH2; -SO2NH lower alkyl(C1-C3), or -SO2N[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2;
R2 is hydrogen, Cl, Br, F, I, -OH, lower alkyl(C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), or R1 and R2 taken together are methylenedioxy or ethylenedioxy;
R3 is the moiety: wherein Ar is selected from moieties of the formula:
R is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl(C1-C3),
-(CH2)q-OH, -(CH2)q-O-alkyl(C1-C3); q is one, two cr three;
R4 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3);
R5 and R7 are selected from hydrogen, (C1-C3)lower alkyl, (C1-C3)lower alkoxy and halogen.
R6 is selected from (a) moieties of the formula:
wherein cycloalkyl is defined as C3 to C6 cycloalkyl cyclohexenyl cr cyclopentenyl; Ra is hydrogen, CH3, C2H5, moieties of the formulae:
-(CH2)2-O-lower alkyl{C1-C3) or -CH2CH2OH; q is one or two; Rb is hydrogen, -CH3 or -C2H5;
and (b) a moiety of the formula:
-X-R10; wherein R10 is lower alkyl(C3-C8), lower alkenyl
(C3-C8), -(CH2)p-cycloalkyl(C3-C6),
and p is zero to three:
X is C, S, NH, NCH3; or a bond
and R5 and R7 are as previously defined
(c) a moiety of the formula: wherein J is Ra, lower alkyl(C3-C8) branched or
unbranched, lower alkenyl(C3-C8) branched cr unbranched, -O-lower alkyl(C3-C8) branched cr unbranched, -O-lower alkenyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene,
the moities
or -CH2-K' wherein K' is halogen, -OH, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene or the heterocyclic ring moiety: wherein D, E, F and G are selected from carbon or nitrogen and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted with haiogen, (C1-C3)lower alkyl, hydroxy,
-CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), CHO, (C1-C3)lower alkoxy, -CO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3), and Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined;
( d ) a moiety selected from those of the formulae :
,
, -S-lower alkyl(C 1-C3)
J
wherein Rc is selected from halogen, (C1-C3) lower alkyl, -O-lower alkyl(C1-C3) and OH; Rb is as
hereinbefore defined;
Ar" is selected from the group:
R8 and R9 are independently hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), S-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CF3, -CN, -OH, -SCF3, -OCF3, halogen, NO2, amino, or -NH-lower alkyl(C1-C3); -N-[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2,
-N(Rb) (CH2)q-N(Rb)2;
R25 is selected from the moieties
W is selected from O, S. NH, N-lower alkyl(C1-C3),
-NCO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), or NSO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3); and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
68. A compound selected from those of the formula: and
wherein A-B is or
wherein R1 is hydrogen, halogen (chlorine, bromine, fluorine, iodine), OH, S-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -SH, -SO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -SO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CF3, lower alkyl(C1-C3), O-lower
alkyl(C1-C3), -NO2, -NH2, -NHCO lower alkyl(C1-C3), -N-[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2, -SO2NH2; -SO2NH lower
alkyl(C1-C3), or -SO2N[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2;
R2 is nydrogen, Cl, Br, F, I, -OH, lower alkyl(C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), or R1 and R2 taken together are methylenedioxy cr ethylenedioxy;
R3 is the moiety: wherein Ar is selected from moieties of the formula:
R is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl(C1-C3),
-(CH2)q-OH, -(CH2)q-O-alkyl(C1-C3); q is one, two or three;
R4 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3),
R5 and R7 are selected from hydrogen(C1-C3)lower alkyl(C1-C3) lower alkoxy and halogen; R6 is selected from (a) moieties of the formula:
wherein cycloalkyl is defined as C3 to C6 cycloalkyl cyclohexenyl or cyclopentenyl; Ra is hydrogen, CH3, C2H5, moieties of the formulae:
-(CH2)2-O--ower alkyl(C1-C3) or -CH2CH2OH; q is one, two or three; Rb is hydrogen, -CH3 or -C2H5;
and (b) a moiety of the formula:
-X-R10; wherein R10 is lower alkyI(C3-C8), lower alkenyl (C3-C8), -(CH2)p-cycloalkyl (C3-C6),
and p is zero to three :
X is O, S , NH , NCH3, or a bond
and R5 and R7 are as previously defined
(c) a moiety of the formula: wherein J is Ra, lower alkyl(C3-C8) oranched or
unbrancned, Lower alkenyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, -O-lower alkyl(C1-C8) branched or unbranched, -O-lower alkenyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene,
the moieties
or -CH2-K' wherein K' is halogen, -OH, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene or the heterocyclic ring moiety:
wherein D, E, F and G are selected from carbon or nitrogen and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted with halogen, (C1-C3)lower alkyl, hydroxy, -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), CHO, (C1-C3)lower alkoxy, -CO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3), and Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined;
(d) a moiety selected from those of the formulae:
,
, -S-lower alkyl(C1-C3)
wherein Rc is selected from halogen, (C1-C3)lower alkyl
-O-lower alkyl(C1-C3) and OH; Rb is as hereinbefore defined;
Ar' is selected from the group:
R8 and R9 are independently hydrogen, lower alkyl
(C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), S-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CF3, -CN, -OH, -SCF3, -OCF3, halogen, NO2, amino, or -NH-lower alkyl(C1-C3); -N-[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2,
-N(Rb) (CH2)q-N(Rb)2;
R25 is selected from the moieties
W is selected from O, S, NH, N-lower alkyl(C1-C3),
-NCO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), or NSO2 - lower alkyl (C1 -C3 ) ; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
69. A compound selected from those of the formulae:
wherein Y is -(CH2)n- and n is an integer zero or one; A-B is or
wherein m is an integer one when n is one and m is an integer one or two when n is zero;
R1 is hydrogen, halogen (chlorine, bromine, fluorine, iodine), OH, S-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -SH, -SO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -SO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CF3, lower alkyl(C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -NO2, -NH2, -NHCO lower alkyl(C1-C3), -N-[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2, -SO2NH2; -SO2NH lower alkyl (C1-C3), or -SO2N [lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2;
P.2 is hydrogen, Cl, Br, F, I, -OH, lower alkyl(C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), or R1 and R2 taken together are methylenedioxy or ethylenedioxy;
R3 is the moiety: wherein Ar is selected from moieties of the formula:
R4 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3);
R5 and R7 are selected from hydrogen(C1-C3)lower alkyl(C1-C3) lower alkoxy and halogen;
R6 is selected from (a) moieties of the formula:
- wherein cycloalkyl is defined as C3 to C6 cycloalkyl cyclohexenyl or cyclopentenyl; Ra is hydrogen, CH3, C2H5, moieties of the formulae:
-(CH2)2-O-lower alkyl(C1-C3) or -CH2CH2OH; q is one, two or three; Rb is hydrogen, -CH3 or -C2H5;
and (b) a moiety of the formula:
-X-R10; wherein R10 is lower alkyl(C3-C8), lower alkenyl (C3-C8), -(CH2)p-cycloalkyl(C3-C6),
and p is zero to three :
X is O , S , NH , NCH3, or a bond
and R5 and R7 are as previously de f ined
( c ) a moiety of the formula : wherein J is Ra, lower alkyl(C3-C8) branched or
unbranched, lower alkenyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, -O-lower alkyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, -O-lower alkenyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene,
the moieties
or -CH2-K' wherein K ' is halogen, -OH, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene or the heterocyclic ring moiety: wherein D, E, F and G are selected from carbon or nitrogen and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted with halogen, (C1-C3)lower alkyl, hydroxy, -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), CHO, (C1-C3)lower alkoxy, -CO2- lower alkyl(C1-C3), and Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined;
(d) a moiety selected from those of the formulae :
.
, -S-lower alkyl(C 1
-C3)
wherein Rc is selected from halogen, (C1-C3)lower alkyl,
-O-lower alkyl(C1-C3) and OH; Rb is as hereinbefore defined;
wherein Ar' is selected from the group:
R8 and R9 are independently hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), S-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CF3 -CN, -OH, -SCF3, -OCF3, halogen, NO2, amino, or -NHlower alkyl(C1-C3); - N-[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2,
-N(Rb) (CH2)q-N(Rb)2;
R25 is selected from the moieties
W is selected from O, S, NH, N-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -NCO-lower alkyl(C1-3), or NSO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3); and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
70. A compound selected from those of the formula:
wherein Y is selected from O, S, NH, and N-lower alkyl(C1-C3);
R1 is hydrogen, halogen (chlorine, bromine, fluorine, iodine), OH, S-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -SH, -SO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -SO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CF3, lower alkyl(C1-C3), O-lower
alkyl(C1-C3), -NO2, -NH2, -NHCO lower alkyl(C1-C3), -N-[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2, -SO2NH2; -SO2NH lower alkyl(C1-C3), cr -SO2N[lower alkyl(C1-C3 ) ]2 ;
R2 is hydrogen, Cl, Br, F, I, -OH, lower alkyl(C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), or R1 and R2 taken together are methylenedioxy or ethyleneedioxy;
R3 is the moiety: wherein Ar is selected from moieties of the formula:
R4 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1-3), -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3);
R5 and R7 are selected from hydrogen(C1-C3) lower alkyl(C1-C3) lower alkoxy and halogen
R6 is selected from (a) moieties of the formula:
wherein cycloalkyl is defined as C3 to C6 cycloalkyl, cyclohexenyl or cyclopentenyl; Ra is hydrogen, CH3, C2H5, moieites of the formulae:
-(CH2)2-C- lower alkyl(C1-C3) or -CH2CH2OH; q is one, two or three; Rb is hydrogen, -CH3 or -C2H5;
and (b) a moiety of the formula:
-X-R10; wherein R10 is lower alkyl(C3-C8), lower alkenyl
(C3-C8), -(CH2)p-cycloalkyl (C3-C6),
and p is zero to three:
X is O, S, NH, NCH3, and R5 and R7 are as previously defined
(c) a moiety of the formula: wherein J is Ra, lower alkyl(C3-C8) branched or
unbranched, lower alkenyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, -O-lower alkyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, -O-lower alkenyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene,
the moieties
or -CH2-K' wherein K' is halogen, -OH, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene or the heterocyclic ring moiety:
wherein D, E, F and G are selected from carbon or nitrogen and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted with halogen, (C1-C3) lower alkyl, hydroxy, -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), CHO, (C1-C3)lower alkoxy, -CO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3), and Ra and Rb are as
hereinbefore defined;
(d) a moiety selected from those of the formulae:
wherein Rc is selected from halogen, (C1-C3)lower alkyl, -O-lower alkyl(C1-C3) and OH; Rb is as hereinbefore defined;
wherein Ar' is selected from the group:
R8 and R9 are independently hydrogen, lower alkyl (C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), S-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CF3, -CN, -OH, -SCF3, -OCF3, halogen, NO2, amino, or -NH-lower alkyl(C1-C3); -N-[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2,
-N(Rb) (CH2)q-N(Rb)2;
R25 is selected from the moieties
W is selected from O, S, NH, N-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -NCO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), or NSO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3); and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
71. A compound selected from those of the formula : wherein Y i s O , S , NH and N- lower alkyl ; and —
R1 is hydrogen, halogen (chlorine, bromine, fluorine, iodine), OH, S-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -SH, -SO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -SO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CF3, lower alkyl(C1-C3), O-lower
alkyl(C1-C3), -NO2, -NH2, -NHCO lower alkyl(C1-C3),-N-[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2, -SO2NH2; -SO2NH lower
alkyl(C1-C3), or -SO2N[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2;
R2 is hydrogen, Cl, Br, F, I, -OH, lower alkyl(C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), or R1 and R2 taken together are methylenedioxy or ethylenedioxy;
R3 is the moiety: wherein Ar is selected from moieties of the formula:
R4 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1-C3),
-CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3)
R5 and R7 are selected from hydrogen (C1-C3)lower alkyl(C1-C3) lower alkoxy and halogen;
R6 is selected from (a) moieties of the formula:
-
wherein cycloalkyl is defined as C3 to C6 cycloalkyl, cyclohexenyl or cyclopentenyl; Ra is hydrogen, CH3, C2H5, moieties of the formulae:
-(CH2)2O-lower alkyl(C1-C3) or -CH2CH2OH; q is one, two or three; Rb is hydrogen, CH3 or -C2H5;
(b) a moiety of the formula:
-X-R10; wherein R10 is lower alkyl(C3-C8), lower alkenyl (C3-C8), - (CH2)p-cycloalkyl (C3-C6),
and p is zero to three:
X is O, S, NH, NCH3,
and R5 and R7 are as previously defined
(c) a moiety of the formula: wherein J is Ra, lower alkyl(C3-C8) branched or
unbranched, lower alkenyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, O-lower alkyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, O-lower alkenyl(C3-C8) branched or unbrancned, tetrahydroguran, tetrahydrothiophene,
the moieties
or -CH2-K' wherein K' is halogen, -OH, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene or the heterocyclic ring moiety:
wherein D, E, F and G are selected from carbon or nitrogen and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted with halogen, (C1-C3) lower alkyl, hydroxy, -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), CHO, (C1-C3)lower alkoxy,
-CO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3), and Ra and Rb are as
hereinbefore defined;
(d) a moiety selected from those of the formulae:
wherein Rc is selected from halogen, (C1-C3)lower alkyl, -O-lower alkyl(C1-C3) and OH; Rb is as hereinbefore defined;
wherein Ar' is selected from the group:
R8 and R9 are independently hydrogen, lower alkyl
(C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), S-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CF3, -CN, -OH, -SCF3, -OCF3, halogen, NO2, amino, or -NH-lower alkyl(C1-C3); -N-[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2,
-N(Rb) (CH2)q-N(Rb)2;
R25 is selected from the moieties
W is selected from O, S, NH, N-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -NCO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), or NSO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3); and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
72. A compound selected from those of the formula:
wherein Y is selected from O, S, NH, and N-lower alkyl(C1-C3);
R1 is hydrogen, halogen (chlorine, bromine, fluorine, iodine), OH, S-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -SH, -SO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -SO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CF3, lower alkyl(C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -NO2, -NH2, -NHCO lower alkyl(C1-C3), -N-[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2, -SO2NH2; -SO2NH lower alkyl(C1-C3), or -SO2N[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2;
R2 is hydrogen, Cl, Br, F, I, -OH, lower alkyl(C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), or R1 and R2 taken together are methylenedioxy or ethyleneedioxy;
R3 is the moiety:
wherein Ar is selected from moieties of the formula:
R4 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1-3), -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3); R5 and R7 are selected from hydrogen(C1-C3) lower alkyl(C1-C3) lower alkoxy and halogen
R6 is selected from (a) moieties of the formula:
wherein cycloalkyl is defined as C3 to C6 cycloalkyl, cyclohexenyl or cyclopentenyl; Ra is hydrogen, CH3, C2H5, moieites of the formulae:
-(CH2)2-O-lower alkyl(C1-C3) or -CH2CH2OH; q is one, two or three; Rb is hydrogen, -CH3 or -C2H5;
and (b) a moiety of the formula;
-X-R10; wherein R10 is lower alkyl(C3-C8), lower alkenyl (C3-C8), -(CH2)p- cycloalkyl(C3-C6),
and p is zero to three:
X is O, S, NH, NCH3,
and R5 and R7 are as previously defined
(c) a moiety of the formula:
wherein J is Ra, lower alkyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, lower alkenyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, -O-lower alkyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, -O-lower alkenyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene,
the moieties
or -CH2-K' wherein K' is halogen, -OH, tetrahydrofuran,
tetrahydrothiophene or the heterocyclic ring moiety:
wherein D, E, F and G are selected from carbon or nitrogen and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted with halogen, (C1-C3) lower alkyl, hydroxy, -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), CHO, (C1-C3)lower alkoxy, -CO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3), and Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined; (d) a moiety selected from those of the formulae:
wherein Rc is selected from halogen, (C1-C3)lower alkyl, -O-lower alkyl(C1-C3) and OH; Rb is as hereinbefore defined;
wherein Ar' is selected from the group:
R8 and R9 are independently hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), S-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CF3, -CN, -OH, -SCF3, -OCF3, halogen, NO2, amino, or -NH-lower alkyl(C1-C3);-N-[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2,
-N(Rb)(CH2)q-N(Rb)2;
R25 is selected from the moieties
W is selected from O, S, NH, N-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -NCO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), or NSO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3); and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
73. A compound according to claim 72 wherein ;
R3 is the moiety:
wherein Ar is selected from moieties of the formula:
, ;
and Y, Ra, Rb, Rc, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 72.
74. A compound according to claim 72 wherein ;
Y is O; and
Ra, Rb, Rc, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 72.
75. A compound according to claim 72 wherein ;
R3 is the moiety:
wherein Ar is selected from moieties of the formula:
;
,
Y is O; and
Ra, Rb, Rc, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 72.
76. A compound according to claim 72 wherein ;
Y is NH; and
Ra, Rb, Rc, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 72.
77. A compound according to claim 72 wherein ;
R3 is the moiety:
wherein Ar is selected from moieties of the formula:
;
,
and Y is NH; and, Ra, Rb, Rc, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 72.
78. A compound selected from those of Formula I:
wherein Y is selected from (CH2)n, O, S, NH, NCOCH3, N-lower alkyl (C1-C3), CH-lower alkyl(C1-C3), CHNH-lower alkyl(C1-C3), CHNH2,
CHN[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2,CHO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), CHS-lower alkyl(C1- C3),
wherein n is an integer from 0-2;
A-B is or
wherein m is an integer from 1-2, provided that when Y is -(CH2)n- and n=2, m mav also be zero and when n is zero, m may also be three, provided also that when Y is -(CH2)n- and n is 2, m may not also be two; R1 is hydrogen, halogen (chlorine, bromine, fluorine, iodine), OH, -S- lower alkyl(C1-C3), -SH, -SO lower alkyl(C1-C3), -SO2 lower alkyl(C1-C3),
-CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CF3, lower alkyl(C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3),
-NO2, -NH2, -NHCO lower alkyl(C1-C3), -N-[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2,
-SO2NH2, -SO2NH lower alkyl (C1-C3), or -SO2N[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2;
R2 is hydrogen, Cl, Br, F, I, -OH, lower alkyl(C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), or R1 and R2 taken together are methylenedioxy or ethylenedioxy;
R3 is the moiety
wherein Ar is a moiety selected from the group
and X is O, S, -NCH3 or -NH
R4 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3); R5 and R7 are selected from hydrogen, (C1-C3)lower alkyl, (C1-C3)lower alkoxy and halogen R6 is selected from (a) moieties of the formula:
wherein cycloalkyl is defined as C3 to C6 cycloalkyl, cyclohexenyl or cyclopentenyl; Ra is hydrogen, CH3, C2H5, moieties of the formulae:
-(CH2)2-O-lower alkyl(C1-C3) or -CH2CH2OH; q is one, two or three; Rb is hydrogen, -CH3 or -C2H5;and
(b) a moiety of the formula:
-X-R10, wherein R10 is lower alkyl(C3-C8), lower alkenyl(C3-C8), -(CH2)p- cvcloalkvl(C3-C6),
and p is zero to three; X is O, S, NH, NCH3,
and R5 and R7 are as previously defined,
(c) a moiety of the formula:
wherein J is Ra, lower alkyl (C3-C8) branched or unbranched, lower alkenyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, -O-lower alkyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, -O-lower alkenyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, the moieties
or -CH2-K' wherein K' is halogen, -OH, tetrahydrofuran,
tetrahydrothiophene or the heterocyclic ring moiety:
wherein D, E, F and G are selected from carbon or nitrogen and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted with halogen, (C1-C3) lower alkyl, hydroxy, -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), CHO, (C1-C3)lower alkoxy, -CO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3), and Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined; (d) a moiety selected from those of the formulae:
wherein Rc is selected from halogen, (C1-C3)lower alkyl, -O-lower alkyl(C1-C3) and OH; Rb is as hereinbefore defined;
wherein Ar' is selected from the group:
R8 and R9 are independently hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), S-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CF3, -CN, -OH, -SCF3, -OCF3, halogen, NO2, amino, or -NH-lower alkyl(C1-C3); -N-[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2,
-N(Rb)(CH2)q-N(Rb)2;
W' is selected from O, S, NH, N-lower alkyl (C1-C3), -NCO-lower alkyl(C1- C3), or NSO2-lower alkyI(C1-C3);
R25 is selected from the moieties
represents: a 6-membered aromatic (unsaturated) heterocyclic ring having one nitrogen atom, wherein the 6-membered aromatic (unsaturated) heterocyclic ring having one nitrogen atom is optionally substituted by (C1-C3)lower alkyl, formyl, a moiety of the formula:
halogen or (C1-C3)lower alkoxy; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters and pro-drug forms thereof.
79. A compound selected from those of the formulae:
wherein Y is selected from -(CH2)-, O, S, NH, NCOCH3, N-lower alkyl (C1- C3), CH-lower alkyl(C1-C3), CHNH-lower alkyl(C1-C3), CHNH2,
CHN[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2,CHO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), CHS-lower alkyl(C1- C3);
A-B is or
;
R1 is hydrogen, halogen (chlorine, bromine, fluorine, iodine), OH, S- lower alkyl(C1-C3), -SH, -SO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -SO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CF3, lower alkyl(C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -NO2, -NH2, -NHCO lower alkyl(C1-C3), -N-[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2, -SO2NH2; -SO2NH lower alkyl(C1-C3), or -SO2N[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2; R2 is hydrogen, Cl, Br, F, I, -OH, lower alkyl(C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), or R1 and R2 taken together are methylenedioxy or ethylenedioxy;
R3 is the moiety:
wherein Ar is selected from moieties of the formula:
R4 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3); R5 and R7 are selected from hydrogen(C1-C3)lower alkyl(C1-C3)lower alkoxy and halogen;
R6 is selected from (a)) moieties of the formula:
wherein cycloalkyl is defined as C3 to C6 cycloalkyl, cyclohexenyl or cyclopentenyl; Ra is hydrogen, CH3, C2H5, moieties of the formulae:
-(CH2)2-O-lower alkyl(C1-C3) or -CH2CH2OH; q is one, two or three; Rb is hydrogen, -CH3 or -C2H5;
and (b) a moiety of the formula:
-X-R10; wherein R10 is lower alkyl(C3-C8), lower alkenyl (C3-C8), -(CH2)p- cycloalkvl(C3-C6),
and p is zero to three:
X is O, S, NH, NCH3,
and R5 and R7 are as previously defined
(c) a moiety of the formula:
wherein J is Ra, lower alkyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, lower alkenyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, -O-lower alkyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, -O-lower alkenyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene,
the moieties
or -CH2-K' wherein K' is halogen, -OH, tetrahydrofuran,
tetrahydrothiophene or the heterocyclic ring moiety: wherein D, E, F and G are selected from carbon or nitrogen and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted with halogen, (C1- C3)lower alkyl, hydroxy, -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), CHO, (C1-C3)lower alkoxy, -CO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3), and Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined;
(d) a moiety selected from those of the formulae:
wherein Rc is selected from halogen, (C1-C3)lower alkyl, -O-lower alkyl(C1-C3) and OH; Rb is as hereinbefore defined;
wherein Ar' is selected from the group:
R8 and R9 are independently hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), S-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CF3, -CN, -OH, -SCF3, -OCF3, halogen,
NO2, amino, or -NH-lower alkyl(C1-C3); -N-[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2,
-N(Rb)(CH2)q-N(Rb)2;
R25 is selected from the moieties
W is selected from O, S, NH, N-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -NCO-lower alkyl(C1-3), or NSO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3); and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
80. A compound according to claim 79 wherein ;
R3 is the moiety:
wherein Ar is selected from moieties of the formula:
;
,
and Y, Ra, Rb, Rc, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 79.
81. A compound according to claim 79 wherein ;
Y is -(CH2)-; and
Ra, Rb, Rc, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 79.
82. A compound according to claim 79 wherein ;
Y is O; and
Ra, Rb, Rc, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 79.
83. A compound according to claim 79 wherein ;
Y is NH; and
Ra, Rb, Rc, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in ;laim 79.
84. A compound according to claim 79 wherein ;
R3 is the moiety:
wherein Ar is selected from moieties of the formula:
;
,
Y is -(CH2)-; and
Ra, Rb, Rc, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 79.
85. A compound according to claim 79 wherein ;
R3 is the moiety:
wherein Ar is selected from moieties of the formula: ;
,
Y is O; and
Ra, Rb, Rc, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 79.
66. A compound according to claim 79 wherein ;
R3 is the moiety:
wherein Ar is selected from moieties of the formula:
;
,
Y is NH; and
Ra, Rb, Rc, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 79.
87. A compound selected from those of Formula I
wherein Y is selected from (CH2)n, O, S, NH, NCOCH3, N-lower alkyl (C1-C3), CH-lower alkyl (C1-C3), CHNH-lower alkyl (C1-C3), CHNH2, CHN [lower alkyl (C1-C3)]2 , CHO-lower alkyl (C1-C3), CHS-lower alkyl (C1-C3),
wherein n is an integer from 0-2;
A-B is or
wherein m is an integer from 1-2, provided that when Y is -(CH2)n- and n=2, m may also be zero and when n is zero, m may also be three, provided also that when Y is -(CH2)n- and n is 2, m may not also be two;
R1 is hydrogen, halogen (chlorine, bromine, fluorine, iodine), OK, -S-lower alkyl (C1-C3), -SH, -SO lower alkyl (C1-C3), -SO2 lower alkyl (C1-C3), -CO-lower alkyl (C1-C3), -CF3, lower alkyl (C1-C3), O-lower alkyl (C1-C3), -NO2, -NH2, -NHCO lower alkyl (C1-C3), -N-[lower alkyl (C1-C3)]2, -SO2NH2, -SO2NH lower alkyl (C1-C3), or -SO2N [lower alkyl (C1-C3)]2;
R2 is hydrogen, Cl, Br, F, I, -OH, lower alkyl (C1-C3), O-lower alkyl (C1-C3), cr R1 and R2 taken together are methylenedioκy or ethylenedioxy;
R3 is the moiety
rein Ar is a moiety selected from the group
and X is O, S, -NCH3 or -NH
R4 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl (C1-C3), -CO- lower alkyl(C1-C3);
R5 and R7 are selected from hydrogen, (C1-C3) lower alkyl, (C1-C3)lower alkoxy and halogen
R6 is selected from (a) moieties of the formula:
wherein cycloalkyl is defined as C3 to Co cycloalkyl, cyclohexenyl or cyclopentenyl; Ra is hydrogen, CH3, C2H5, moieties of the formulae:
-(CH2)2-O-lower alkyl(C1-C3) or -CH2CH2OH; q is one, two or three; Rb is hydrogen, -CH3 or -C2H5;and
(b) a moiety of the formula:
-X-R10, wherein R10 is lower alkyl(C3-C8), lower alkenyl(C3-C8), -(CH2)p- cycloalkyl(C3-C6),
and p is zero to three;
X is O, S, NH, NCH3,
and R5 and R7 are as previously defined,
(c) a moiety of the formula:
wherein J is Ra, lower alkyl (C3-C8) branched or unbranched, lower alkenyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, -O-lower alkyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, -O-lower alkenyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, the moieties
or -CH2-K' wherein K' is halogen, -OH, tetrahydrofuran,
tetrahydrothiophene or the heterocyclic ring moiety:
wherein D, E, F and G are selected from carbon or nitrogen and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted with halogen, (C1-C3) lower alkyl, hydroxy, -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), CHO, (C1-C3)lower alkoxy, -CO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3), and Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined; (d) a moiety selected from those of the formulae:
wherein Rc is selected from halogen, (C1-C3)lower alkyl, -O-lower alkyl(C1-C3) and OH; Rb is as hereinbefore defined;
wherein Ar' is selected from the group:
R8 and R9 are independently hydrogen, lower alkyl (C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), S-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CF3, -CN, -OH, -SCF3, -OCF3, halogen,
NO2, amino, or -NH-lower alkyl(C1-C3); -N-[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2,
-N(Rb)(CH2)q-N(Rb)2;
W' is selected from O, S, NH, N-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -NCO-lower alkyl(C1-
C3), or NSO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3)
R25 is selected from the moieties
represents: a 5-membered aromatic (unsaturated) heterocyclic ring having one S heteroatom wherein the 5 -membered aromatic (unsaturated) heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted by (C1-C3)lower alkyl, formyl, a moiety of the formula:
halogen or (C1-C3)lower alkoxy; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters and pro-drug forms thereof.
88. A compound selected from those of the formula:
wherein Y is selected from -(CH2)-, O, S, NH, and N-lower alkyl(C1-C3);
R1 is hydrogen, halogen (chlorine, bromine, fluorine, iodine), OH, S- lower alkyl(C1-C3), -SH, -SO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -SO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CF3, lower alkyl(C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -NO2, -NH2, -NHCO lower alkyl(C1-C3), -N-[lower alkyI(C1-C3)]2,- SO2NH2; -SO2NH lower alkyl(C1-C3), or -Sθ2N[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2;
R2 is hydrogen, Cl, Br, F, I, -OH, lower alkyl(C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), or R1 and R2 taken together are methylenedioxy or ethyleneedioxy; R3 is the moiety:
wherein Ar is selected from moieties of the formula:
R4 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl(C1-3), -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3); R5 and R7 are selected from hydrogen(C1-C3) lower alkyl(C1-C3) lower alkoxy and halogen
R6 is selected from (a) moieties of the formula:
)
wherein cycloalkyl is defined as C3 to C6 cycloalkyl, cyclohexenyl or cyclopentenyl; Ra is hydrogen, CH3, C2H5, moieites of the formulae:
-(CH2)2-O-lower alkyl(C1-C3) or -CH2CH2OH, q is one, two or three; Rb is hydrogen, -CH3 or -C2H5;
and (b) a moiety of the formula:
-X-R10; wherein R10 is lower alkyl(C3-C8), lower alkenyl (C3-C8), -(CH2)p-cycloalkyl(C3-C6),
,
and p is zero to three: X is O, S, NH, NCH3,
and R5 and R7 are as previously defined
(c) a moiety of the formula:
wherein J is Ra, lower alkyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, lower alkenyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, -O-lower alkyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, -O-lower alkenyl(C3-C8) branched or unbranched, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene,
the moieties
or -CH2-K' wherein K' is halogen, -OH, tetrahydrofuran,
tetrahydrothiophene or the heterocyclic ring moiety: wherein D, E, F and G are selected from carbon or nitrogen and wherein the carbon atoms may be optionally substituted with halogen, (C1-C3) lower alkyl, hydroxy, -CO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), CHO, (C1-C3)lower alkoxy, -CO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3), and Ra and Rb are as hereinbefore defined; (d) a moiety selected from those of the formulae:
wherein Rc is selected from halogen, (C1-C3)lower alkyl, -O-lower alkyl(C1-C3) and OH; Rb is as hereinbefore defined;
wherein Ar' is selected from the group:
R8 and R9 are independently hydrogen, lower alkyl (C1-C3), O-lower alkyl(C1-C3), S-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -CF3, -CN, -OH, -SCF3, -OCF3, halogen, NO2, amino, or -NH-lower alkyl(C1-C3);-N-[lower alkyl(C1-C3)]2,
-N(Rb)(CH2)q-N(Rb)2;
R25 is selected from the moieties
W is selected from O, S, NH, N-lower alkyl(C1-C3), -NCO-lower alkyl(C1-C3), or NSO2-lower alkyl(C1-C3); and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
89. A compound according to claim 88 wherein ;
R3 is the moiety:
wherein Ar is selected from moieties of the formula:
;
;
and Y, Ra, Rb, Rc, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 88.
90. A compound according to claim 88 wherein ;
Y is -(CH2)-; and
Ra, Rb, Rc, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 88.
91. A compound according to claim 68 wherein ;
Y is O; and
Ra, Rb, Rc, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 88.
92. A compound according to claim 88 wherein ;
Y is NH; and
Ra, Rb, Rc, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 88.
93. A compound according to claim 88 wherein ;
R3 is the moiety:
wherein Ar is selected from moieties of the formula:
;
,
Y is -(CH2)-; and Ra, Rb, Rc, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 88.
94 A compound according to claim 88 wherein ; ;
R3 is the moiety
wherein Ar is selected from moieties of the formula:
;
,
and Y is NH,
Ra, Rb, Rc, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 88
95. A compound according to claim 8δ wherein ;
R3 is the moiety:
wherein Ar is selected from moieties of the formula: ;
,
and Y is O;
Ra, Rb, Rc, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 88.
96. The compound according to claim 1, N-[4- (dibenz[b,f][1,4]oxazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)-phenyl]-[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide.
97. The compound according to claim 1, N-[4- (dibenz[b,f][1,4]oxazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)-3-chloro-phenyl][1,1'biphenyl]-2-carboxamide.
98. The compound according to claim 1, N-[5- (dibenz[b,f][1,4]oxazepin-10(11H)ylcarbonyl)-2-pyridinyl]-5-fluoro-2-methylbenzamide.
99. The compound according to claim 1, N-[5- (dibenz[b,f][1,4]oxazepin-10(11H)-ylcarbonyl)-2-pyridinyl]-2-(4-pyridinyl)benzamide.
100. The compound according to claim 1, N-[5- (pyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzoxazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)-2-pyridinyl][1,1'biphenyl]-2-carboxamide.
101. The compound according to claim 1, N-[5- (pyrido[2,3-b][1,4]benzoxazepin-5(6H)-ylcarbonyl)-2-pyridinyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide.
102. The compound according to claim 1, N-[4- (pyrido[2,3-b][1,4]benzoxazepin-5(6H)-ylcarbonyl)-3-chlorophenyl][1,1'biphenyl]-2-carboxamide.
103. The compound according to claim 1,
N-[4-(6,11-dihydropyrido[2 ,3-b][1,5]benzodiazepin-6(5H)-ylcarbonyl)-phenyl][1.1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide.
104. The compound according to claim 1, N-[4-(6,11-dihydropyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzodiazepin-6(5H)-yl-carbonyl)-3-chlorophenyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide.
105. The compound according to claim 1, N-[4-(6,11-dihydropyrido[2,3-b][1,5]benzodiazepin-6(5H)-yl-carbonyl)phenyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide,
hydrochloride.
106. The compound according to claim 1, N-[4-[(5,11-dihydro-10H-dibenz[b,e][1,4]diazepin-10-yl)-carbonyl]-3-chlorophenyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide.
107. The compound according to claim 1, N-[4-[(5,11-dihydro-10H-dibenz[b,e][1,4 ]diazepin-10-yl)-carbonyl]-phenyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide.
108. The compound according to claim 1, N-[4-[(5,11-dihydro-10H-dibenz[b,e][1,4]diazepin-10-yl)-carbonyl]-3-methylphenyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide.
109. The compound according to claim 1, N-[4-[(5,11-dihydro-10H-dibenz[b,e][1,4]diazepin-10-yl)-carbonyl]-2-methylphenyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide.
110. The compound according to claim 1, N-[4- [(5,11-dihydro-10H-dibenz[b,e][1,4]diazepin-10-yl)-carbonyl]-2-chlorophenyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide.
111. The compound according to claim 1, N-[4-[(6,11-dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,e]azepin-5-yl)carbonyl]-pheny][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide.
112. The compound according to claim 1, N-[4-[(6,11-dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,e]azepin-5-yl)carbonyl]-3-chlorophenyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide.
113. The compound according to claim 1, N-[4-[(6,11-dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,e]azepin-5-yl)carbonyl]-3-methylphenyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide.
114. The compound according to claim 1, N-[4-[(6,11-dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,e]azepin-5-yl)carbonyl]-2-chlorophenyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide.
115. The compound according to claim 1, N-[5-[(6,11-dihydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b][1,4]benzodiazepin-5-yl)carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]-5-fluoro-2-methylbenzamide.
116. The compound according to claim 1, N-[4-[(6,11-dihydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b][1,4]benzodiazepin-5-yl)-carbonyl]-3-chlorophenyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide.
117. The compound according to claim 1, N-[4- [(6,11-dihydro-5H-pyrido[2,3-b][1,4]benzodiazepin-5-yl)-carbonyl]phenyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide.
118. The compound according to claim 1, N-[4- [(6,11-dihydro-5H-pyrido[2 ,3-b][1,4]benzodiazepin-5-yl)-carbonyl]-3-methylphenyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide.
119. The compound according to claim 1, N-[4-[(4,5-dihydropyrazolo[4,3-d][1]benzazepin-6(1H)-yl)-carbonyl]phenyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide.
120. The compound according to claim 1, N-[4-[(4,5-dihydropyrazolo[4,3-d][1]benzazepin-6(1H)-yl)-carbonyl]-3-chlorophenyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide.
121. The compound according to claim 1, N-[5-[(4,5-dihydropyrazolo[4,3-d][1]benzazepin-6(1H)-yl)-carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide.
122. The compound according to claim 1, N-[5-[(4,5-dihydropyrazolo[4,3-d][1]benzazepin-6(1H)-yl)-carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]-5-fluoro-2-methylbenzamide.
123. The compound according to claim 1, N-[5- (4H-thieno[3,4-b][1,5]benzodiazepin-9(10H)-yl)-2-pyridinyl]-5-fluoro-2-methylbenzamide.
124. The compound according to claim 1, N-[4-(4H-thieno[3,4-b][1,5]benzodiazepin-9(10H)-yl)-phenyl]-[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide.
125. The compound according to claim 1, N-[4-(4H-thieno[3,4-b][1,5]benzodiazepin-9(10H)-yl)-3-chloro-phenyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide.
126. The compound according to claim 1, N-[5-(4H-thieno[3,4-b][1,5]benzodiazepin-9(10H)-yl)-2-pyridinyl][1,1'-biphenyl]-2-carboxamide.
127. The compound according to claim 1, 5,11-dihydro-10-[4-(2-thienyl)benzoyl]-10H-dibenz[b,e][1,4]-diazepine.
128. The compound according to claim 1, 5,11-dihydro-10-[4-(3-thienyl)benzoyl]-10H-dibenz[b,e][1,4]-diazepine.
129. A compound according to claim 79 wherein
R3 is the moiety : wherein Ar is selected from moieties of the formula: ;
,
and Y, Ra, Rb, Rc, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 79.
130. A compound according to claim 79 wherein
Y is - (CH2)-; and
Ra, Rb, Rc, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 79.
131. A compound according to claim 79 wherein
Y is O; and
Ra, Rb, Rc, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 79.
132. A compound according to claim 79 wherein
Y is NH; and
Ra, Rb, Rc, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 79.
133. A compound according to claim 79 wherein C
R3 is the moiety :
wherein Ar is selected from moieties of the formula:
;
,
Y is - (CH2 ) - ; and Ra, Rb, Rc, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 79.
134. A compound according to claim 79 wherein
R3 is the moiety:
wherein Ar is selected from moieties of the formula:
;
,
Y is O; and
Ra, Rb, Rc, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 79.
135. A compound according to claim 79 wherein
R3 is the moiety:
wherein Ar is selected from moieties of the formula: ;
,
Y is NH; and
Ra, Rb, Rc, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 79.
136. A compound according to claim 88 wherein
R3 is the moiety:
wherein Ar is selected from moieties of the formula:
;
,
and Y, Ra, Rb, Rc, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 88.
137. A compound according to claim 88 wherein
Y is - (CH2) -; and Ra, Rb, Rc, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 88.
138. A compound according to claim 88 wherein
Y is O; and
Ra, Rb, Rc, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 88.
139. A compound according to claim 88 wherein
Y is NH; and
Ra, Rb, Rc, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 88.
140. A comDound according to claim 88 wherein
I
N
R3 is the moiety:
wherein Ar is selected from moieties of the formula:
;
,
Y is -(CH2)-; and
Ra, Rb, Rc, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 88.
141 A compound according to claim 88 wherein
R3 is the moiety:
wherein Ar is selected from moieties of the formula
;
,
and Y is NH;
Ra, Rb, Rc, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 88.
142. A compound according to claim 88 wherein
R3 is the moiety:
wherein Ar is selected from moieties of the formula:
;
,
and Y is O;
Ra, Rb, Rc, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R25 are as previously defined in Claim 88.
EP96905227A 1995-01-17 1996-01-16 Tricyclic benzazepine vasopressin antagonists Withdrawn EP0804420A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US37316995A 1995-01-17 1995-01-17
US373169 1995-01-17
US08/548,805 US5849735A (en) 1995-01-17 1995-12-22 Tricyclic benzazepine vasopressin antagonists
PCT/US1996/001051 WO1996022282A1 (en) 1995-01-17 1996-01-16 Tricyclic benzazepine vasopressin antagonists
US548805 2000-04-14

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP0804420A1 true EP0804420A1 (en) 1997-11-05

Family

ID=27006077

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP96905227A Withdrawn EP0804420A1 (en) 1995-01-17 1996-01-16 Tricyclic benzazepine vasopressin antagonists

Country Status (14)

Country Link
EP (1) EP0804420A1 (en)
JP (1) JPH10512865A (en)
CN (1) CN1190391A (en)
AR (1) AR002459A1 (en)
AU (1) AU4904296A (en)
BR (1) BR9606977A (en)
CA (1) CA2210688A1 (en)
CZ (1) CZ224597A3 (en)
EA (1) EA000752B1 (en)
HU (1) HUP9801219A3 (en)
IL (1) IL116777A (en)
NZ (1) NZ302881A (en)
TW (1) TW449584B (en)
WO (1) WO1996022282A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (36)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5693635A (en) * 1993-07-29 1997-12-02 American Cyanamid Company Tricyclic benzazepine vasopressin antagonists
AU3296497A (en) * 1996-06-13 1998-01-07 American Cyanamid Company Tricyclic benzazepine vasopressin antagonists
PT1000059E (en) * 1997-07-30 2004-12-31 Wyeth Corp VASOPRESSIN TRICYCLIC AGONISTS
US6194407B1 (en) 1997-07-30 2001-02-27 American Home Products Corporation Tricyclic pyrido vasopressin agonists
AR018818A1 (en) * 1998-04-03 2001-12-12 Yamano Masaki A PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION FOR THE THERAPY OF AN EDEMA.
US6090803A (en) * 1998-07-24 2000-07-18 American Home Products Corporation Tricyclic vasopressin agonists
US7138393B2 (en) 1998-07-24 2006-11-21 Wyeth Biologically active vasopressin agonist metabolites
US6297234B1 (en) 1999-02-04 2001-10-02 American Home Products Corporation Arylthiophene vasopressin agonists
AU6870500A (en) * 1999-09-06 2001-04-10 Takeda Chemical Industries Ltd. Process for the preparation of 2,3-dihydroazepine derivatives
US6977254B2 (en) 2001-04-12 2005-12-20 Wyeth Hydroxy cyclohexenyl phenyl carboxamides tocolytic oxytocin receptor antagonists
US7326700B2 (en) 2001-04-12 2008-02-05 Wyeth Cyclohexenyl phenyl carboxamides tocolytic oxytocin receptor antagonists
US7109193B2 (en) 2001-04-12 2006-09-19 Wyeth Tricyclic diazepines tocolytic oxytocin receptor antagonists
US7064120B2 (en) 2001-04-12 2006-06-20 Wyeth Tricyclic pyridyl carboxamides and derivatives thereof tocolytic oxytocin receptor antagonists
US7053083B2 (en) 2001-04-12 2006-05-30 Wyeth Cyclohexylphenyl vasopressin agonists
US6900200B2 (en) 2001-04-12 2005-05-31 Wyeth Tricyclic hydroxy carboxamides and derivatives thereof tocolytic oxytocin receptor antagonists
US7202239B2 (en) 2001-04-12 2007-04-10 Wyeth Cyclohexylphenyl carboxamides tocolytic oxytocin receptor antagonists
BR0208823A (en) 2001-04-12 2004-03-09 Wyeth Corp Compound, method of treating disorders that are remedied or alleviated by vasopressin agonist activity in a mammal in need thereof, and pharmaceutical composition
US7022699B2 (en) 2001-04-12 2006-04-04 Wyeth Cyclohexenyl phenyl diazepines vasopressin and oxytocin receptor modulators
SE0102299D0 (en) 2001-06-26 2001-06-26 Astrazeneca Ab Compounds
SE0102764D0 (en) 2001-08-17 2001-08-17 Astrazeneca Ab Compounds
RU2266906C1 (en) * 2004-04-29 2005-12-27 Общество с ограниченной ответственностью "Исследовательский Институт Химического Разнообразия" (ООО "Исследовательский Институт Химического Разнообразия") Anellated carbamoyl azaheterocycles, methods for their preparing (variants), pharmaceutical composition, focused library
US7642259B2 (en) 2005-07-09 2010-01-05 Astrazeneca Ab Heteroaryl benzamide derivatives for use as GLK activators in the treatment of diabetes
PE20080145A1 (en) 2006-03-21 2008-02-11 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv TETRAHYDRO-PYRIMIDOAZEPINE AS MODULATORS OF TRPV1
EP2229364B1 (en) * 2007-12-05 2015-02-25 Janssen Pharmaceutica, N.V. Dibenzoazepine and dibenzooxazepine trpa1 agonists
JP5562865B2 (en) 2007-12-17 2014-07-30 ジヤンセン・フアーマシユーチカ・ナームローゼ・フエンノートシヤツプ TRPV1 imidazolo-, oxazolo-, and thiazolopyrimidine modulators
AR076221A1 (en) 2009-04-09 2011-05-26 Astrazeneca Ab DERIVED FROM PIRAZOL [4,5-E] PYRIMIDINE AND ITS USE TO TREAT DIABETES AND OBESITY
EP3116509B1 (en) * 2014-03-12 2022-06-22 The Trustees of Columbia University in the City of New York A new class of mu-opioid receptor agonists
TWI698430B (en) * 2015-02-13 2020-07-11 南北兄弟藥業投資有限公司 Tricyclic compounds and uses thereof in medicine
FI3551631T3 (en) * 2016-12-12 2025-01-16 Kinoxis Therapeutics Pty Ltd Non-peptide oxytocin receptor agonists
CA3069720A1 (en) 2017-07-11 2019-01-17 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Carboxamides as modulators of sodium channels
US12441703B2 (en) 2019-01-10 2025-10-14 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Carboxamides as modulators of sodium channels
WO2020146612A1 (en) 2019-01-10 2020-07-16 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Esters and carbamates as modulators of sodium channels
MX2022013657A (en) 2020-05-05 2023-02-01 Nuvalent Inc Heteroaromatic macrocyclic ether chemotherapeutic agents.
EP4146205A4 (en) 2020-05-05 2024-05-29 Nuvalent, Inc. HETEROAROMATIC MACROCYCLIC ETHER-BASED CHEMOTHERAPY AGENTS
CA3231813A1 (en) 2021-10-01 2023-04-06 Sibao CHEN Solid forms, pharmaceutical compositions and preparation of heteroaromatic macrocyclic ether compounds
WO2026002248A1 (en) * 2024-06-28 2026-01-02 上海济煜医药科技股份有限公司 Benzazepine fused ring derivative as v2 receptor antagonist

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5258510A (en) * 1989-10-20 1993-11-02 Otsuka Pharma Co Ltd Benzoheterocyclic compounds
KR0167349B1 (en) * 1989-10-20 1999-02-18 오스카 아끼히꼬 Benzoheterocyclic composition
GB9307527D0 (en) * 1993-04-13 1993-06-02 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co New venzamide derivatives,processes for the preparation thereof and pharmaceutical composition comprising the same
DE69434032T2 (en) * 1993-07-21 2005-09-22 Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Intermediate for the preparation of condensed benzazepine derivatives
US5516774A (en) * 1993-07-29 1996-05-14 American Cyanamid Company Tricyclic diazepine vasopressin antagonists and oxytocin antagonists
US5512563A (en) * 1993-07-29 1996-04-30 American Cyanamid Company Tricyclic benzazepine vasopressin antagonists

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See references of WO9622282A1 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EA000752B1 (en) 2000-04-24
CA2210688A1 (en) 1996-07-25
TW449584B (en) 2001-08-11
BR9606977A (en) 1997-11-04
AU4904296A (en) 1996-08-07
CZ224597A3 (en) 1997-12-17
CN1190391A (en) 1998-08-12
NZ302881A (en) 1999-03-29
IL116777A0 (en) 1996-05-14
JPH10512865A (en) 1998-12-08
AR002459A1 (en) 1998-03-25
HUP9801219A3 (en) 2000-07-28
HUP9801219A2 (en) 1998-10-28
WO1996022282A1 (en) 1996-07-25
IL116777A (en) 2000-11-21
EA199700116A1 (en) 1997-12-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP0804420A1 (en) Tricyclic benzazepine vasopressin antagonists
US5849735A (en) Tricyclic benzazepine vasopressin antagonists
EP0640592B1 (en) N-acylated tricyclic azaheterorings useful as vasopressin antagonists
US5532235A (en) Tricyclic benzazepine vasopressin antagonists
WO1996022295A9 (en) Tricyclic benzazepine vasopressin antagonists
JP2008101012A (en) Tricyclic benzazepine vasopressin antagonists
EP0811008A1 (en) Bicyclic benzazepine derivatives as vasopressin antagonists
US5760031A (en) Tricyclic benzazepine vasopressin antagonists
US5747487A (en) Tricyclic benzazepine vasopressin antagonists
US5854236A (en) Tricyclic benzazepine vasopressin antagonists
US5869483A (en) Tricyclic benzazepine vasopressin antagonists
US5693635A (en) Tricyclic benzazepine vasopressin antagonists
US5739128A (en) Tricyclic benzazepine vasopressin antagonists
US5736538A (en) Tricyclic Benzazepine vasopressin antagonists
WO1997047624A1 (en) Tricyclic benzazepine vasopressin antagonists
US5843952A (en) Tricyclic benzazepine vasopressin antagonists
MXPA97005410A (en) Antagonists of vasopresina triciclicos de benzazep
AU6445899A (en) Tricyclic benzazepine vasopressin antagonists
AU4442602A (en) Tricyclic benzazepine vasopressin antagonists

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 19970813

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AT BE CH DE DK ES FR GB GR IE IT LI LU NL PT SE

AX Request for extension of the european patent

Free format text: LT PAYMENT 970813;LV PAYMENT 970813;SI PAYMENT 970813

17Q First examination report despatched

Effective date: 19991027

RAP1 Party data changed (applicant data changed or rights of an application transferred)

Owner name: WYETH HOLDINGS CORPORATION

GRAP Despatch of communication of intention to grant a patent

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNIGR1

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: HK

Ref legal event code: WD

Ref document number: 1003892

Country of ref document: HK

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: THE APPLICATION IS DEEMED TO BE WITHDRAWN

18D Application deemed to be withdrawn

Effective date: 20050125